[AArch64] Avoid GET_MODE_NUNITS in v8.4 support
[official-gcc.git] / gcc / target.def
blob02250c371f270df06c34368a1200d6f0dd04689a
1 /* Target hook definitions.
2 Copyright (C) 2001-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
5 under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
6 Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any
7 later version.
9 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
10 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
11 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
12 GNU General Public License for more details.
14 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
15 along with this program; see the file COPYING3. If not see
16 <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
18 In other words, you are welcome to use, share and improve this program.
19 You are forbidden to forbid anyone else to use, share and improve
20 what you give them. Help stamp out software-hoarding! */
22 /* See target-hooks-macros.h for details of macros that should be
23 provided by the including file, and how to use them here. */
24 #include "target-hooks-macros.h"
26 #undef HOOK_TYPE
27 #define HOOK_TYPE "Target Hook"
29 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_INITIALIZER, gcc_target)
31 /* Functions that output assembler for the target. */
32 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_ASM_"
33 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_ASM_OUT, asm_out)
35 /* Opening and closing parentheses for asm expression grouping. */
36 DEFHOOKPOD
37 (open_paren,
38 "These target hooks are C string constants, describing the syntax in the\n\
39 assembler for grouping arithmetic expressions. If not overridden, they\n\
40 default to normal parentheses, which is correct for most assemblers.",
41 const char *, "(")
42 DEFHOOKPODX (close_paren, const char *, ")")
44 /* Assembler instructions for creating various kinds of integer object. */
45 DEFHOOKPOD
46 (byte_op,
47 "@deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_HI_OP\n\
48 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_SI_OP\n\
49 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_DI_OP\n\
50 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_TI_OP\n\
51 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_HI_OP\n\
52 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_SI_OP\n\
53 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_DI_OP\n\
54 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_TI_OP\n\
55 These hooks specify assembly directives for creating certain kinds\n\
56 of integer object. The @code{TARGET_ASM_BYTE_OP} directive creates a\n\
57 byte-sized object, the @code{TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_HI_OP} one creates an\n\
58 aligned two-byte object, and so on. Any of the hooks may be\n\
59 @code{NULL}, indicating that no suitable directive is available.\n\
60 \n\
61 The compiler will print these strings at the start of a new line,\n\
62 followed immediately by the object's initial value. In most cases,\n\
63 the string should contain a tab, a pseudo-op, and then another tab.",
64 const char *, "\t.byte\t")
65 DEFHOOKPOD (aligned_op, "*", struct asm_int_op, TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_INT_OP)
66 DEFHOOKPOD (unaligned_op, "*", struct asm_int_op, TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_INT_OP)
68 /* The maximum number of bytes to skip when applying
69 LABEL_ALIGN_AFTER_BARRIER. */
70 DEFHOOK
71 (label_align_after_barrier_max_skip,
72 "The maximum number of bytes to skip before @var{label} when applying\n\
73 @code{LABEL_ALIGN_AFTER_BARRIER}. This works only if\n\
74 @code{ASM_OUTPUT_MAX_SKIP_ALIGN} is defined.",
75 int, (rtx_insn *label),
76 default_label_align_after_barrier_max_skip)
78 /* The maximum number of bytes to skip when applying
79 LOOP_ALIGN. */
80 DEFHOOK
81 (loop_align_max_skip,
82 "The maximum number of bytes to skip when applying @code{LOOP_ALIGN} to\n\
83 @var{label}. This works only if @code{ASM_OUTPUT_MAX_SKIP_ALIGN} is\n\
84 defined.",
85 int, (rtx_insn *label),
86 default_loop_align_max_skip)
88 /* The maximum number of bytes to skip when applying
89 LABEL_ALIGN. */
90 DEFHOOK
91 (label_align_max_skip,
92 "The maximum number of bytes to skip when applying @code{LABEL_ALIGN}\n\
93 to @var{label}. This works only if @code{ASM_OUTPUT_MAX_SKIP_ALIGN}\n\
94 is defined.",
95 int, (rtx_insn *label),
96 default_label_align_max_skip)
98 /* The maximum number of bytes to skip when applying
99 JUMP_ALIGN. */
100 DEFHOOK
101 (jump_align_max_skip,
102 "The maximum number of bytes to skip before @var{label} when applying\n\
103 @code{JUMP_ALIGN}. This works only if\n\
104 @code{ASM_OUTPUT_MAX_SKIP_ALIGN} is defined.",
105 int, (rtx_insn *label),
106 default_jump_align_max_skip)
108 /* Try to output the assembler code for an integer object whose
109 value is given by X. SIZE is the size of the object in bytes and
110 ALIGNED_P indicates whether it is aligned. Return true if
111 successful. Only handles cases for which BYTE_OP, ALIGNED_OP
112 and UNALIGNED_OP are NULL. */
113 DEFHOOK
114 (integer,
115 "The @code{assemble_integer} function uses this hook to output an\n\
116 integer object. @var{x} is the object's value, @var{size} is its size\n\
117 in bytes and @var{aligned_p} indicates whether it is aligned. The\n\
118 function should return @code{true} if it was able to output the\n\
119 object. If it returns false, @code{assemble_integer} will try to\n\
120 split the object into smaller parts.\n\
122 The default implementation of this hook will use the\n\
123 @code{TARGET_ASM_BYTE_OP} family of strings, returning @code{false}\n\
124 when the relevant string is @code{NULL}.",
125 /* Only handles cases for which BYTE_OP, ALIGNED_OP and UNALIGNED_OP are
126 NULL. */
127 bool, (rtx x, unsigned int size, int aligned_p),
128 default_assemble_integer)
130 /* Notify the backend that we have completed emitting the data for a
131 decl. */
132 DEFHOOK
133 (decl_end,
134 "Define this hook if the target assembler requires a special marker to\n\
135 terminate an initialized variable declaration.",
136 void, (void),
137 hook_void_void)
139 /* Output code that will globalize a label. */
140 DEFHOOK
141 (globalize_label,
142 "This target hook is a function to output to the stdio stream\n\
143 @var{stream} some commands that will make the label @var{name} global;\n\
144 that is, available for reference from other files.\n\
146 The default implementation relies on a proper definition of\n\
147 @code{GLOBAL_ASM_OP}.",
148 void, (FILE *stream, const char *name),
149 default_globalize_label)
151 /* Output code that will globalize a declaration. */
152 DEFHOOK
153 (globalize_decl_name,
154 "This target hook is a function to output to the stdio stream\n\
155 @var{stream} some commands that will make the name associated with @var{decl}\n\
156 global; that is, available for reference from other files.\n\
158 The default implementation uses the TARGET_ASM_GLOBALIZE_LABEL target hook.",
159 void, (FILE *stream, tree decl), default_globalize_decl_name)
161 /* Output code that will declare an external variable. */
162 DEFHOOK
163 (assemble_undefined_decl,
164 "This target hook is a function to output to the stdio stream\n\
165 @var{stream} some commands that will declare the name associated with\n\
166 @var{decl} which is not defined in the current translation unit. Most\n\
167 assemblers do not require anything to be output in this case.",
168 void, (FILE *stream, const char *name, const_tree decl),
169 hook_void_FILEptr_constcharptr_const_tree)
171 /* Output code that will emit a label for unwind info, if this
172 target requires such labels. Second argument is the decl the
173 unwind info is associated with, third is a boolean: true if
174 this is for exception handling, fourth is a boolean: true if
175 this is only a placeholder for an omitted FDE. */
176 DEFHOOK
177 (emit_unwind_label,
178 "This target hook emits a label at the beginning of each FDE@. It\n\
179 should be defined on targets where FDEs need special labels, and it\n\
180 should write the appropriate label, for the FDE associated with the\n\
181 function declaration @var{decl}, to the stdio stream @var{stream}.\n\
182 The third argument, @var{for_eh}, is a boolean: true if this is for an\n\
183 exception table. The fourth argument, @var{empty}, is a boolean:\n\
184 true if this is a placeholder label for an omitted FDE@.\n\
186 The default is that FDEs are not given nonlocal labels.",
187 void, (FILE *stream, tree decl, int for_eh, int empty),
188 default_emit_unwind_label)
190 /* Output code that will emit a label to divide up the exception table. */
191 DEFHOOK
192 (emit_except_table_label,
193 "This target hook emits a label at the beginning of the exception table.\n\
194 It should be defined on targets where it is desirable for the table\n\
195 to be broken up according to function.\n\
197 The default is that no label is emitted.",
198 void, (FILE *stream),
199 default_emit_except_table_label)
201 /* Emit a directive for setting the personality for the function. */
202 DEFHOOK
203 (emit_except_personality,
204 "If the target implements @code{TARGET_ASM_UNWIND_EMIT}, this hook may be\
205 used to emit a directive to install a personality hook into the unwind\
206 info. This hook should not be used if dwarf2 unwind info is used.",
207 void, (rtx personality),
208 NULL)
210 /* Emit any directives required to unwind this instruction. */
211 DEFHOOK
212 (unwind_emit,
213 "This target hook emits assembly directives required to unwind the\n\
214 given instruction. This is only used when @code{TARGET_EXCEPT_UNWIND_INFO}\n\
215 returns @code{UI_TARGET}.",
216 void, (FILE *stream, rtx_insn *insn),
217 NULL)
219 DEFHOOKPOD
220 (unwind_emit_before_insn,
221 "True if the @code{TARGET_ASM_UNWIND_EMIT} hook should be called before\
222 the assembly for @var{insn} has been emitted, false if the hook should\
223 be called afterward.",
224 bool, true)
226 /* Generate an internal label.
227 For now this is just a wrapper for ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL. */
228 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
229 (generate_internal_label,
231 void, (char *buf, const char *prefix, unsigned long labelno),
232 default_generate_internal_label)
234 /* Output an internal label. */
235 DEFHOOK
236 (internal_label,
237 "A function to output to the stdio stream @var{stream} a label whose\n\
238 name is made from the string @var{prefix} and the number @var{labelno}.\n\
240 It is absolutely essential that these labels be distinct from the labels\n\
241 used for user-level functions and variables. Otherwise, certain programs\n\
242 will have name conflicts with internal labels.\n\
244 It is desirable to exclude internal labels from the symbol table of the\n\
245 object file. Most assemblers have a naming convention for labels that\n\
246 should be excluded; on many systems, the letter @samp{L} at the\n\
247 beginning of a label has this effect. You should find out what\n\
248 convention your system uses, and follow it.\n\
250 The default version of this function utilizes @code{ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL}.",
251 void, (FILE *stream, const char *prefix, unsigned long labelno),
252 default_internal_label)
254 /* Output label for the constant. */
255 DEFHOOK
256 (declare_constant_name,
257 "A target hook to output to the stdio stream @var{file} any text necessary\n\
258 for declaring the name @var{name} of a constant which is being defined. This\n\
259 target hook is responsible for outputting the label definition (perhaps using\n\
260 @code{assemble_label}). The argument @var{exp} is the value of the constant,\n\
261 and @var{size} is the size of the constant in bytes. The @var{name}\n\
262 will be an internal label.\n\
264 The default version of this target hook, define the @var{name} in the\n\
265 usual manner as a label (by means of @code{assemble_label}).\n\
267 You may wish to use @code{ASM_OUTPUT_TYPE_DIRECTIVE} in this target hook.",
268 void, (FILE *file, const char *name, const_tree expr, HOST_WIDE_INT size),
269 default_asm_declare_constant_name)
271 /* Emit a ttype table reference to a typeinfo object. */
272 DEFHOOK
273 (ttype,
274 "This hook is used to output a reference from a frame unwinding table to\n\
275 the type_info object identified by @var{sym}. It should return @code{true}\n\
276 if the reference was output. Returning @code{false} will cause the\n\
277 reference to be output using the normal Dwarf2 routines.",
278 bool, (rtx sym),
279 hook_bool_rtx_false)
281 /* Emit an assembler directive to set visibility for the symbol
282 associated with the tree decl. */
283 DEFHOOK
284 (assemble_visibility,
285 "This target hook is a function to output to @var{asm_out_file} some\n\
286 commands that will make the symbol(s) associated with @var{decl} have\n\
287 hidden, protected or internal visibility as specified by @var{visibility}.",
288 void, (tree decl, int visibility),
289 default_assemble_visibility)
291 DEFHOOK
292 (print_patchable_function_entry,
293 "Generate a patchable area at the function start, consisting of\n\
294 @var{patch_area_size} NOP instructions. If the target supports named\n\
295 sections and if @var{record_p} is true, insert a pointer to the current\n\
296 location in the table of patchable functions. The default implementation\n\
297 of the hook places the table of pointers in the special section named\n\
298 @code{__patchable_function_entries}.",
299 void, (FILE *file, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT patch_area_size, bool record_p),
300 default_print_patchable_function_entry)
302 /* Output the assembler code for entry to a function. */
303 DEFHOOK
304 (function_prologue,
305 "If defined, a function that outputs the assembler code for entry to a\n\
306 function. The prologue is responsible for setting up the stack frame,\n\
307 initializing the frame pointer register, saving registers that must be\n\
308 saved, and allocating @var{size} additional bytes of storage for the\n\
309 local variables. @var{file} is a stdio stream to which the assembler\n\
310 code should be output.\n\
312 The label for the beginning of the function need not be output by this\n\
313 macro. That has already been done when the macro is run.\n\
315 @findex regs_ever_live\n\
316 To determine which registers to save, the macro can refer to the array\n\
317 @code{regs_ever_live}: element @var{r} is nonzero if hard register\n\
318 @var{r} is used anywhere within the function. This implies the function\n\
319 prologue should save register @var{r}, provided it is not one of the\n\
320 call-used registers. (@code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} must likewise use\n\
321 @code{regs_ever_live}.)\n\
323 On machines that have ``register windows'', the function entry code does\n\
324 not save on the stack the registers that are in the windows, even if\n\
325 they are supposed to be preserved by function calls; instead it takes\n\
326 appropriate steps to ``push'' the register stack, if any non-call-used\n\
327 registers are used in the function.\n\
329 @findex frame_pointer_needed\n\
330 On machines where functions may or may not have frame-pointers, the\n\
331 function entry code must vary accordingly; it must set up the frame\n\
332 pointer if one is wanted, and not otherwise. To determine whether a\n\
333 frame pointer is in wanted, the macro can refer to the variable\n\
334 @code{frame_pointer_needed}. The variable's value will be 1 at run\n\
335 time in a function that needs a frame pointer. @xref{Elimination}.\n\
337 The function entry code is responsible for allocating any stack space\n\
338 required for the function. This stack space consists of the regions\n\
339 listed below. In most cases, these regions are allocated in the\n\
340 order listed, with the last listed region closest to the top of the\n\
341 stack (the lowest address if @code{STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD} is defined, and\n\
342 the highest address if it is not defined). You can use a different order\n\
343 for a machine if doing so is more convenient or required for\n\
344 compatibility reasons. Except in cases where required by standard\n\
345 or by a debugger, there is no reason why the stack layout used by GCC\n\
346 need agree with that used by other compilers for a machine.",
347 void, (FILE *file),
348 default_function_pro_epilogue)
350 /* Output the assembler code for end of prologue. */
351 DEFHOOK
352 (function_end_prologue,
353 "If defined, a function that outputs assembler code at the end of a\n\
354 prologue. This should be used when the function prologue is being\n\
355 emitted as RTL, and you have some extra assembler that needs to be\n\
356 emitted. @xref{prologue instruction pattern}.",
357 void, (FILE *file),
358 no_asm_to_stream)
360 /* Output the assembler code for start of epilogue. */
361 DEFHOOK
362 (function_begin_epilogue,
363 "If defined, a function that outputs assembler code at the start of an\n\
364 epilogue. This should be used when the function epilogue is being\n\
365 emitted as RTL, and you have some extra assembler that needs to be\n\
366 emitted. @xref{epilogue instruction pattern}.",
367 void, (FILE *file),
368 no_asm_to_stream)
370 /* Output the assembler code for function exit. */
371 DEFHOOK
372 (function_epilogue,
373 "If defined, a function that outputs the assembler code for exit from a\n\
374 function. The epilogue is responsible for restoring the saved\n\
375 registers and stack pointer to their values when the function was\n\
376 called, and returning control to the caller. This macro takes the\n\
377 same argument as the macro @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_PROLOGUE}, and the\n\
378 registers to restore are determined from @code{regs_ever_live} and\n\
379 @code{CALL_USED_REGISTERS} in the same way.\n\
381 On some machines, there is a single instruction that does all the work\n\
382 of returning from the function. On these machines, give that\n\
383 instruction the name @samp{return} and do not define the macro\n\
384 @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} at all.\n\
386 Do not define a pattern named @samp{return} if you want the\n\
387 @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} to be used. If you want the target\n\
388 switches to control whether return instructions or epilogues are used,\n\
389 define a @samp{return} pattern with a validity condition that tests the\n\
390 target switches appropriately. If the @samp{return} pattern's validity\n\
391 condition is false, epilogues will be used.\n\
393 On machines where functions may or may not have frame-pointers, the\n\
394 function exit code must vary accordingly. Sometimes the code for these\n\
395 two cases is completely different. To determine whether a frame pointer\n\
396 is wanted, the macro can refer to the variable\n\
397 @code{frame_pointer_needed}. The variable's value will be 1 when compiling\n\
398 a function that needs a frame pointer.\n\
400 Normally, @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_PROLOGUE} and\n\
401 @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} must treat leaf functions specially.\n\
402 The C variable @code{current_function_is_leaf} is nonzero for such a\n\
403 function. @xref{Leaf Functions}.\n\
405 On some machines, some functions pop their arguments on exit while\n\
406 others leave that for the caller to do. For example, the 68020 when\n\
407 given @option{-mrtd} pops arguments in functions that take a fixed\n\
408 number of arguments.\n\
410 @findex pops_args\n\
411 @findex crtl->args.pops_args\n\
412 Your definition of the macro @code{RETURN_POPS_ARGS} decides which\n\
413 functions pop their own arguments. @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE}\n\
414 needs to know what was decided. The number of bytes of the current\n\
415 function's arguments that this function should pop is available in\n\
416 @code{crtl->args.pops_args}. @xref{Scalar Return}.",
417 void, (FILE *file),
418 default_function_pro_epilogue)
420 /* Initialize target-specific sections. */
421 DEFHOOK
422 (init_sections,
423 "Define this hook if you need to do something special to set up the\n\
424 @file{varasm.c} sections, or if your target has some special sections\n\
425 of its own that you need to create.\n\
427 GCC calls this hook after processing the command line, but before writing\n\
428 any assembly code, and before calling any of the section-returning hooks\n\
429 described below.",
430 void, (void),
431 hook_void_void)
433 /* Tell assembler to change to section NAME with attributes FLAGS.
434 If DECL is non-NULL, it is the VAR_DECL or FUNCTION_DECL with
435 which this section is associated. */
436 DEFHOOK
437 (named_section,
438 "Output assembly directives to switch to section @var{name}. The section\n\
439 should have attributes as specified by @var{flags}, which is a bit mask\n\
440 of the @code{SECTION_*} flags defined in @file{output.h}. If @var{decl}\n\
441 is non-NULL, it is the @code{VAR_DECL} or @code{FUNCTION_DECL} with which\n\
442 this section is associated.",
443 void, (const char *name, unsigned int flags, tree decl),
444 default_no_named_section)
446 /* Tell assembler what section attributes to assign this elf section
447 declaration, using their numerical value. */
448 DEFHOOK
449 (elf_flags_numeric,
450 "This hook can be used to encode ELF section flags for which no letter\n\
451 code has been defined in the assembler. It is called by\n\
452 @code{default_asm_named_section} whenever the section flags need to be\n\
453 emitted in the assembler output. If the hook returns true, then the\n\
454 numerical value for ELF section flags should be calculated from\n\
455 @var{flags} and saved in @var{*num}; the value is printed out instead of the\n\
456 normal sequence of letter codes. If the hook is not defined, or if it\n\
457 returns false, then @var{num} is ignored and the traditional letter sequence\n\
458 is emitted.",
459 bool, (unsigned int flags, unsigned int *num),
460 hook_bool_uint_uintp_false)
462 /* Return preferred text (sub)section for function DECL.
463 Main purpose of this function is to separate cold, normal and hot
464 functions. STARTUP is true when function is known to be used only
465 at startup (from static constructors or it is main()).
466 EXIT is true when function is known to be used only at exit
467 (from static destructors).
468 Return NULL if function should go to default text section. */
469 DEFHOOK
470 (function_section,
471 "Return preferred text (sub)section for function @var{decl}.\n\
472 Main purpose of this function is to separate cold, normal and hot\n\
473 functions. @var{startup} is true when function is known to be used only\n\
474 at startup (from static constructors or it is @code{main()}).\n\
475 @var{exit} is true when function is known to be used only at exit\n\
476 (from static destructors).\n\
477 Return NULL if function should go to default text section.",
478 section *, (tree decl, enum node_frequency freq, bool startup, bool exit),
479 default_function_section)
481 /* Output the assembler code for function exit. */
482 DEFHOOK
483 (function_switched_text_sections,
484 "Used by the target to emit any assembler directives or additional\
485 labels needed when a function is partitioned between different\
486 sections. Output should be written to @var{file}. The function\
487 decl is available as @var{decl} and the new section is `cold' if\
488 @var{new_is_cold} is @code{true}.",
489 void, (FILE *file, tree decl, bool new_is_cold),
490 default_function_switched_text_sections)
492 /* Return a mask describing how relocations should be treated when
493 selecting sections. Bit 1 should be set if global relocations
494 should be placed in a read-write section; bit 0 should be set if
495 local relocations should be placed in a read-write section. */
496 DEFHOOK
497 (reloc_rw_mask,
498 "Return a mask describing how relocations should be treated when\n\
499 selecting sections. Bit 1 should be set if global relocations\n\
500 should be placed in a read-write section; bit 0 should be set if\n\
501 local relocations should be placed in a read-write section.\n\
503 The default version of this function returns 3 when @option{-fpic}\n\
504 is in effect, and 0 otherwise. The hook is typically redefined\n\
505 when the target cannot support (some kinds of) dynamic relocations\n\
506 in read-only sections even in executables.",
507 int, (void),
508 default_reloc_rw_mask)
510 /* Return a section for EXP. It may be a DECL or a constant. RELOC
511 is nonzero if runtime relocations must be applied; bit 1 will be
512 set if the runtime relocations require non-local name resolution.
513 ALIGN is the required alignment of the data. */
514 DEFHOOK
515 (select_section,
516 "Return the section into which @var{exp} should be placed. You can\n\
517 assume that @var{exp} is either a @code{VAR_DECL} node or a constant of\n\
518 some sort. @var{reloc} indicates whether the initial value of @var{exp}\n\
519 requires link-time relocations. Bit 0 is set when variable contains\n\
520 local relocations only, while bit 1 is set for global relocations.\n\
521 @var{align} is the constant alignment in bits.\n\
523 The default version of this function takes care of putting read-only\n\
524 variables in @code{readonly_data_section}.\n\
526 See also @var{USE_SELECT_SECTION_FOR_FUNCTIONS}.",
527 section *, (tree exp, int reloc, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT align),
528 default_select_section)
530 /* Return a section for X. MODE is X's mode and ALIGN is its
531 alignment in bits. */
532 DEFHOOK
533 (select_rtx_section,
534 "Return the section into which a constant @var{x}, of mode @var{mode},\n\
535 should be placed. You can assume that @var{x} is some kind of\n\
536 constant in RTL@. The argument @var{mode} is redundant except in the\n\
537 case of a @code{const_int} rtx. @var{align} is the constant alignment\n\
538 in bits.\n\
540 The default version of this function takes care of putting symbolic\n\
541 constants in @code{flag_pic} mode in @code{data_section} and everything\n\
542 else in @code{readonly_data_section}.",
543 section *, (machine_mode mode, rtx x, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT align),
544 default_select_rtx_section)
546 /* Select a unique section name for DECL. RELOC is the same as
547 for SELECT_SECTION. */
548 DEFHOOK
549 (unique_section,
550 "Build up a unique section name, expressed as a @code{STRING_CST} node,\n\
551 and assign it to @samp{DECL_SECTION_NAME (@var{decl})}.\n\
552 As with @code{TARGET_ASM_SELECT_SECTION}, @var{reloc} indicates whether\n\
553 the initial value of @var{exp} requires link-time relocations.\n\
555 The default version of this function appends the symbol name to the\n\
556 ELF section name that would normally be used for the symbol. For\n\
557 example, the function @code{foo} would be placed in @code{.text.foo}.\n\
558 Whatever the actual target object format, this is often good enough.",
559 void, (tree decl, int reloc),
560 default_unique_section)
562 /* Return the readonly data section associated with function DECL. */
563 DEFHOOK
564 (function_rodata_section,
565 "Return the readonly data section associated with\n\
566 @samp{DECL_SECTION_NAME (@var{decl})}.\n\
567 The default version of this function selects @code{.gnu.linkonce.r.name} if\n\
568 the function's section is @code{.gnu.linkonce.t.name}, @code{.rodata.name}\n\
569 if function is in @code{.text.name}, and the normal readonly-data section\n\
570 otherwise.",
571 section *, (tree decl),
572 default_function_rodata_section)
574 /* Nonnull if the target wants to override the default ".rodata" prefix
575 for mergeable data sections. */
576 DEFHOOKPOD
577 (mergeable_rodata_prefix,
578 "Usually, the compiler uses the prefix @code{\".rodata\"} to construct\n\
579 section names for mergeable constant data. Define this macro to override\n\
580 the string if a different section name should be used.",
581 const char *, ".rodata")
583 /* Return the section to be used for transactional memory clone tables. */
584 DEFHOOK
585 (tm_clone_table_section,
586 "Return the section that should be used for transactional memory clone\
587 tables.",
588 section *, (void), default_clone_table_section)
590 /* Output a constructor for a symbol with a given priority. */
591 DEFHOOK
592 (constructor,
593 "If defined, a function that outputs assembler code to arrange to call\n\
594 the function referenced by @var{symbol} at initialization time.\n\
596 Assume that @var{symbol} is a @code{SYMBOL_REF} for a function taking\n\
597 no arguments and with no return value. If the target supports initialization\n\
598 priorities, @var{priority} is a value between 0 and @code{MAX_INIT_PRIORITY};\n\
599 otherwise it must be @code{DEFAULT_INIT_PRIORITY}.\n\
601 If this macro is not defined by the target, a suitable default will\n\
602 be chosen if (1) the target supports arbitrary section names, (2) the\n\
603 target defines @code{CTORS_SECTION_ASM_OP}, or (3) @code{USE_COLLECT2}\n\
604 is not defined.",
605 void, (rtx symbol, int priority), NULL)
607 /* Output a destructor for a symbol with a given priority. */
608 DEFHOOK
609 (destructor,
610 "This is like @code{TARGET_ASM_CONSTRUCTOR} but used for termination\n\
611 functions rather than initialization functions.",
612 void, (rtx symbol, int priority), NULL)
614 /* Output the assembler code for a thunk function. THUNK_DECL is the
615 declaration for the thunk function itself, FUNCTION is the decl for
616 the target function. DELTA is an immediate constant offset to be
617 added to THIS. If VCALL_OFFSET is nonzero, the word at
618 *(*this + vcall_offset) should be added to THIS. */
619 DEFHOOK
620 (output_mi_thunk,
621 "A function that outputs the assembler code for a thunk\n\
622 function, used to implement C++ virtual function calls with multiple\n\
623 inheritance. The thunk acts as a wrapper around a virtual function,\n\
624 adjusting the implicit object parameter before handing control off to\n\
625 the real function.\n\
627 First, emit code to add the integer @var{delta} to the location that\n\
628 contains the incoming first argument. Assume that this argument\n\
629 contains a pointer, and is the one used to pass the @code{this} pointer\n\
630 in C++. This is the incoming argument @emph{before} the function prologue,\n\
631 e.g.@: @samp{%o0} on a sparc. The addition must preserve the values of\n\
632 all other incoming arguments.\n\
634 Then, if @var{vcall_offset} is nonzero, an additional adjustment should be\n\
635 made after adding @code{delta}. In particular, if @var{p} is the\n\
636 adjusted pointer, the following adjustment should be made:\n\
638 @smallexample\n\
639 p += (*((ptrdiff_t **)p))[vcall_offset/sizeof(ptrdiff_t)]\n\
640 @end smallexample\n\
642 After the additions, emit code to jump to @var{function}, which is a\n\
643 @code{FUNCTION_DECL}. This is a direct pure jump, not a call, and does\n\
644 not touch the return address. Hence returning from @var{FUNCTION} will\n\
645 return to whoever called the current @samp{thunk}.\n\
647 The effect must be as if @var{function} had been called directly with\n\
648 the adjusted first argument. This macro is responsible for emitting all\n\
649 of the code for a thunk function; @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_PROLOGUE}\n\
650 and @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} are not invoked.\n\
652 The @var{thunk_fndecl} is redundant. (@var{delta} and @var{function}\n\
653 have already been extracted from it.) It might possibly be useful on\n\
654 some targets, but probably not.\n\
656 If you do not define this macro, the target-independent code in the C++\n\
657 front end will generate a less efficient heavyweight thunk that calls\n\
658 @var{function} instead of jumping to it. The generic approach does\n\
659 not support varargs.",
660 void, (FILE *file, tree thunk_fndecl, HOST_WIDE_INT delta,
661 HOST_WIDE_INT vcall_offset, tree function),
662 NULL)
664 /* Determine whether output_mi_thunk would succeed. */
665 /* ??? Ideally, this hook would not exist, and success or failure
666 would be returned from output_mi_thunk directly. But there's
667 too much undo-able setup involved in invoking output_mi_thunk.
668 Could be fixed by making output_mi_thunk emit rtl instead of
669 text to the output file. */
670 DEFHOOK
671 (can_output_mi_thunk,
672 "A function that returns true if TARGET_ASM_OUTPUT_MI_THUNK would be able\n\
673 to output the assembler code for the thunk function specified by the\n\
674 arguments it is passed, and false otherwise. In the latter case, the\n\
675 generic approach will be used by the C++ front end, with the limitations\n\
676 previously exposed.",
677 bool, (const_tree thunk_fndecl, HOST_WIDE_INT delta,
678 HOST_WIDE_INT vcall_offset, const_tree function),
679 hook_bool_const_tree_hwi_hwi_const_tree_false)
681 /* Output any boilerplate text needed at the beginning of a
682 translation unit. */
683 DEFHOOK
684 (file_start,
685 "Output to @code{asm_out_file} any text which the assembler expects to\n\
686 find at the beginning of a file. The default behavior is controlled\n\
687 by two flags, documented below. Unless your target's assembler is\n\
688 quite unusual, if you override the default, you should call\n\
689 @code{default_file_start} at some point in your target hook. This\n\
690 lets other target files rely on these variables.",
691 void, (void),
692 default_file_start)
694 /* Output any boilerplate text needed at the end of a translation unit. */
695 DEFHOOK
696 (file_end,
697 "Output to @code{asm_out_file} any text which the assembler expects\n\
698 to find at the end of a file. The default is to output nothing.",
699 void, (void),
700 hook_void_void)
702 /* Output any boilerplate text needed at the beginning of an
703 LTO output stream. */
704 DEFHOOK
705 (lto_start,
706 "Output to @code{asm_out_file} any text which the assembler expects\n\
707 to find at the start of an LTO section. The default is to output\n\
708 nothing.",
709 void, (void),
710 hook_void_void)
712 /* Output any boilerplate text needed at the end of an
713 LTO output stream. */
714 DEFHOOK
715 (lto_end,
716 "Output to @code{asm_out_file} any text which the assembler expects\n\
717 to find at the end of an LTO section. The default is to output\n\
718 nothing.",
719 void, (void),
720 hook_void_void)
722 /* Output any boilerplace text needed at the end of a
723 translation unit before debug and unwind info is emitted. */
724 DEFHOOK
725 (code_end,
726 "Output to @code{asm_out_file} any text which is needed before emitting\n\
727 unwind info and debug info at the end of a file. Some targets emit\n\
728 here PIC setup thunks that cannot be emitted at the end of file,\n\
729 because they couldn't have unwind info then. The default is to output\n\
730 nothing.",
731 void, (void),
732 hook_void_void)
734 /* Output an assembler pseudo-op to declare a library function name
735 external. */
736 DEFHOOK
737 (external_libcall,
738 "This target hook is a function to output to @var{asm_out_file} an assembler\n\
739 pseudo-op to declare a library function name external. The name of the\n\
740 library function is given by @var{symref}, which is a @code{symbol_ref}.",
741 void, (rtx symref),
742 default_external_libcall)
744 /* Output an assembler directive to mark decl live. This instructs
745 linker to not dead code strip this symbol. */
746 DEFHOOK
747 (mark_decl_preserved,
748 "This target hook is a function to output to @var{asm_out_file} an assembler\n\
749 directive to annotate @var{symbol} as used. The Darwin target uses the\n\
750 .no_dead_code_strip directive.",
751 void, (const char *symbol),
752 hook_void_constcharptr)
754 /* Output a record of the command line switches that have been passed. */
755 DEFHOOK
756 (record_gcc_switches,
757 "Provides the target with the ability to record the gcc command line\n\
758 switches that have been passed to the compiler, and options that are\n\
759 enabled. The @var{type} argument specifies what is being recorded.\n\
760 It can take the following values:\n\
762 @table @gcctabopt\n\
763 @item SWITCH_TYPE_PASSED\n\
764 @var{text} is a command line switch that has been set by the user.\n\
766 @item SWITCH_TYPE_ENABLED\n\
767 @var{text} is an option which has been enabled. This might be as a\n\
768 direct result of a command line switch, or because it is enabled by\n\
769 default or because it has been enabled as a side effect of a different\n\
770 command line switch. For example, the @option{-O2} switch enables\n\
771 various different individual optimization passes.\n\
773 @item SWITCH_TYPE_DESCRIPTIVE\n\
774 @var{text} is either NULL or some descriptive text which should be\n\
775 ignored. If @var{text} is NULL then it is being used to warn the\n\
776 target hook that either recording is starting or ending. The first\n\
777 time @var{type} is SWITCH_TYPE_DESCRIPTIVE and @var{text} is NULL, the\n\
778 warning is for start up and the second time the warning is for\n\
779 wind down. This feature is to allow the target hook to make any\n\
780 necessary preparations before it starts to record switches and to\n\
781 perform any necessary tidying up after it has finished recording\n\
782 switches.\n\
784 @item SWITCH_TYPE_LINE_START\n\
785 This option can be ignored by this target hook.\n\
787 @item SWITCH_TYPE_LINE_END\n\
788 This option can be ignored by this target hook.\n\
789 @end table\n\
791 The hook's return value must be zero. Other return values may be\n\
792 supported in the future.\n\
794 By default this hook is set to NULL, but an example implementation is\n\
795 provided for ELF based targets. Called @var{elf_record_gcc_switches},\n\
796 it records the switches as ASCII text inside a new, string mergeable\n\
797 section in the assembler output file. The name of the new section is\n\
798 provided by the @code{TARGET_ASM_RECORD_GCC_SWITCHES_SECTION} target\n\
799 hook.",
800 int, (print_switch_type type, const char *text),
801 NULL)
803 /* The name of the section that the example ELF implementation of
804 record_gcc_switches will use to store the information. Target
805 specific versions of record_gcc_switches may or may not use
806 this information. */
807 DEFHOOKPOD
808 (record_gcc_switches_section,
809 "This is the name of the section that will be created by the example\n\
810 ELF implementation of the @code{TARGET_ASM_RECORD_GCC_SWITCHES} target\n\
811 hook.",
812 const char *, ".GCC.command.line")
814 /* Output the definition of a section anchor. */
815 DEFHOOK
816 (output_anchor,
817 "Write the assembly code to define section anchor @var{x}, which is a\n\
818 @code{SYMBOL_REF} for which @samp{SYMBOL_REF_ANCHOR_P (@var{x})} is true.\n\
819 The hook is called with the assembly output position set to the beginning\n\
820 of @code{SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK (@var{x})}.\n\
822 If @code{ASM_OUTPUT_DEF} is available, the hook's default definition uses\n\
823 it to define the symbol as @samp{. + SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK_OFFSET (@var{x})}.\n\
824 If @code{ASM_OUTPUT_DEF} is not available, the hook's default definition\n\
825 is @code{NULL}, which disables the use of section anchors altogether.",
826 void, (rtx x),
827 default_asm_output_anchor)
829 DEFHOOK
830 (output_ident,
831 "Output a string based on @var{name}, suitable for the @samp{#ident} \
832 directive, or the equivalent directive or pragma in non-C-family languages. \
833 If this hook is not defined, nothing is output for the @samp{#ident} \
834 directive.",
835 void, (const char *name),
836 hook_void_constcharptr)
838 /* Output a DTP-relative reference to a TLS symbol. */
839 DEFHOOK
840 (output_dwarf_dtprel,
841 "If defined, this target hook is a function which outputs a DTP-relative\n\
842 reference to the given TLS symbol of the specified size.",
843 void, (FILE *file, int size, rtx x),
844 NULL)
846 /* Some target machines need to postscan each insn after it is output. */
847 DEFHOOK
848 (final_postscan_insn,
849 "If defined, this target hook is a function which is executed just after the\n\
850 output of assembler code for @var{insn}, to change the mode of the assembler\n\
851 if necessary.\n\
853 Here the argument @var{opvec} is the vector containing the operands\n\
854 extracted from @var{insn}, and @var{noperands} is the number of\n\
855 elements of the vector which contain meaningful data for this insn.\n\
856 The contents of this vector are what was used to convert the insn\n\
857 template into assembler code, so you can change the assembler mode\n\
858 by checking the contents of the vector.",
859 void, (FILE *file, rtx_insn *insn, rtx *opvec, int noperands),
860 NULL)
862 /* Emit the trampoline template. This hook may be NULL. */
863 DEFHOOK
864 (trampoline_template,
865 "This hook is called by @code{assemble_trampoline_template} to output,\n\
866 on the stream @var{f}, assembler code for a block of data that contains\n\
867 the constant parts of a trampoline. This code should not include a\n\
868 label---the label is taken care of automatically.\n\
870 If you do not define this hook, it means no template is needed\n\
871 for the target. Do not define this hook on systems where the block move\n\
872 code to copy the trampoline into place would be larger than the code\n\
873 to generate it on the spot.",
874 void, (FILE *f),
875 NULL)
877 DEFHOOK
878 (output_source_filename,
879 "Output DWARF debugging information which indicates that filename\
880 @var{name} is the current source file to the stdio stream @var{file}.\n\
882 This target hook need not be defined if the standard form of output\
883 for the file format in use is appropriate.",
884 void ,(FILE *file, const char *name),
885 default_asm_output_source_filename)
887 DEFHOOK
888 (output_addr_const_extra,
889 "A target hook to recognize @var{rtx} patterns that @code{output_addr_const}\n\
890 can't deal with, and output assembly code to @var{file} corresponding to\n\
891 the pattern @var{x}. This may be used to allow machine-dependent\n\
892 @code{UNSPEC}s to appear within constants.\n\
894 If target hook fails to recognize a pattern, it must return @code{false},\n\
895 so that a standard error message is printed. If it prints an error message\n\
896 itself, by calling, for example, @code{output_operand_lossage}, it may just\n\
897 return @code{true}.",
898 bool, (FILE *file, rtx x),
899 hook_bool_FILEptr_rtx_false)
901 /* ??? The TARGET_PRINT_OPERAND* hooks are part of the asm_out struct,
902 even though that is not reflected in the macro name to override their
903 initializers. */
904 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
905 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_"
907 /* Emit a machine-specific insn operand. */
908 /* ??? tm.texi only documents the old macro PRINT_OPERAND,
909 not this hook, and uses a different name for the argument FILE. */
910 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
911 (print_operand,
913 void, (FILE *file, rtx x, int code),
914 default_print_operand)
916 /* Emit a machine-specific memory address. */
917 /* ??? tm.texi only documents the old macro PRINT_OPERAND_ADDRESS,
918 not this hook, and uses different argument names. */
919 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
920 (print_operand_address,
922 void, (FILE *file, machine_mode mode, rtx addr),
923 default_print_operand_address)
925 /* Determine whether CODE is a valid punctuation character for the
926 `print_operand' hook. */
927 /* ??? tm.texi only documents the old macro PRINT_OPERAND_PUNCT_VALID_P,
928 not this hook. */
929 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
930 (print_operand_punct_valid_p,
932 bool ,(unsigned char code),
933 default_print_operand_punct_valid_p)
935 /* Given a symbol name, perform same mangling as assemble_name and
936 ASM_OUTPUT_LABELREF, returning result as an IDENTIFIER_NODE. */
937 DEFHOOK
938 (mangle_assembler_name,
939 "Given a symbol @var{name}, perform same mangling as @code{varasm.c}'s\
940 @code{assemble_name}, but in memory rather than to a file stream, returning\
941 result as an @code{IDENTIFIER_NODE}. Required for correct LTO symtabs. The\
942 default implementation calls the @code{TARGET_STRIP_NAME_ENCODING} hook and\
943 then prepends the @code{USER_LABEL_PREFIX}, if any.",
944 tree, (const char *name),
945 default_mangle_assembler_name)
947 HOOK_VECTOR_END (asm_out)
949 /* Functions relating to instruction scheduling. All of these
950 default to null pointers, which haifa-sched.c looks for and handles. */
951 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
952 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_SCHED_"
953 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_SCHED, sched)
955 /* Given the current cost, COST, of an insn, INSN, calculate and
956 return a new cost based on its relationship to DEP_INSN through
957 the dependence LINK. The default is to make no adjustment. */
958 DEFHOOK
959 (adjust_cost,
960 "This function corrects the value of @var{cost} based on the\n\
961 relationship between @var{insn} and @var{dep_insn} through a\n\
962 dependence of type dep_type, and strength @var{dw}. It should return the new\n\
963 value. The default is to make no adjustment to @var{cost}. This can be\n\
964 used for example to specify to the scheduler using the traditional pipeline\n\
965 description that an output- or anti-dependence does not incur the same cost\n\
966 as a data-dependence. If the scheduler using the automaton based pipeline\n\
967 description, the cost of anti-dependence is zero and the cost of\n\
968 output-dependence is maximum of one and the difference of latency\n\
969 times of the first and the second insns. If these values are not\n\
970 acceptable, you could use the hook to modify them too. See also\n\
971 @pxref{Processor pipeline description}.",
972 int, (rtx_insn *insn, int dep_type1, rtx_insn *dep_insn, int cost,
973 unsigned int dw),
974 NULL)
976 /* Adjust the priority of an insn as you see fit. Returns the new priority. */
977 DEFHOOK
978 (adjust_priority,
979 "This hook adjusts the integer scheduling priority @var{priority} of\n\
980 @var{insn}. It should return the new priority. Increase the priority to\n\
981 execute @var{insn} earlier, reduce the priority to execute @var{insn}\n\
982 later. Do not define this hook if you do not need to adjust the\n\
983 scheduling priorities of insns.",
984 int, (rtx_insn *insn, int priority), NULL)
986 /* Function which returns the maximum number of insns that can be
987 scheduled in the same machine cycle. This must be constant
988 over an entire compilation. The default is 1. */
989 DEFHOOK
990 (issue_rate,
991 "This hook returns the maximum number of instructions that can ever\n\
992 issue at the same time on the target machine. The default is one.\n\
993 Although the insn scheduler can define itself the possibility of issue\n\
994 an insn on the same cycle, the value can serve as an additional\n\
995 constraint to issue insns on the same simulated processor cycle (see\n\
996 hooks @samp{TARGET_SCHED_REORDER} and @samp{TARGET_SCHED_REORDER2}).\n\
997 This value must be constant over the entire compilation. If you need\n\
998 it to vary depending on what the instructions are, you must use\n\
999 @samp{TARGET_SCHED_VARIABLE_ISSUE}.",
1000 int, (void), NULL)
1002 /* Calculate how much this insn affects how many more insns we
1003 can emit this cycle. Default is they all cost the same. */
1004 DEFHOOK
1005 (variable_issue,
1006 "This hook is executed by the scheduler after it has scheduled an insn\n\
1007 from the ready list. It should return the number of insns which can\n\
1008 still be issued in the current cycle. The default is\n\
1009 @samp{@w{@var{more} - 1}} for insns other than @code{CLOBBER} and\n\
1010 @code{USE}, which normally are not counted against the issue rate.\n\
1011 You should define this hook if some insns take more machine resources\n\
1012 than others, so that fewer insns can follow them in the same cycle.\n\
1013 @var{file} is either a null pointer, or a stdio stream to write any\n\
1014 debug output to. @var{verbose} is the verbose level provided by\n\
1015 @option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}. @var{insn} is the instruction that\n\
1016 was scheduled.",
1017 int, (FILE *file, int verbose, rtx_insn *insn, int more), NULL)
1019 /* Initialize machine-dependent scheduling code. */
1020 DEFHOOK
1021 (init,
1022 "This hook is executed by the scheduler at the beginning of each block of\n\
1023 instructions that are to be scheduled. @var{file} is either a null\n\
1024 pointer, or a stdio stream to write any debug output to. @var{verbose}\n\
1025 is the verbose level provided by @option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}.\n\
1026 @var{max_ready} is the maximum number of insns in the current scheduling\n\
1027 region that can be live at the same time. This can be used to allocate\n\
1028 scratch space if it is needed, e.g.@: by @samp{TARGET_SCHED_REORDER}.",
1029 void, (FILE *file, int verbose, int max_ready), NULL)
1031 /* Finalize machine-dependent scheduling code. */
1032 DEFHOOK
1033 (finish,
1034 "This hook is executed by the scheduler at the end of each block of\n\
1035 instructions that are to be scheduled. It can be used to perform\n\
1036 cleanup of any actions done by the other scheduling hooks. @var{file}\n\
1037 is either a null pointer, or a stdio stream to write any debug output\n\
1038 to. @var{verbose} is the verbose level provided by\n\
1039 @option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}.",
1040 void, (FILE *file, int verbose), NULL)
1042 /* Initialize machine-dependent function wide scheduling code. */
1043 DEFHOOK
1044 (init_global,
1045 "This hook is executed by the scheduler after function level initializations.\n\
1046 @var{file} is either a null pointer, or a stdio stream to write any debug output to.\n\
1047 @var{verbose} is the verbose level provided by @option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}.\n\
1048 @var{old_max_uid} is the maximum insn uid when scheduling begins.",
1049 void, (FILE *file, int verbose, int old_max_uid), NULL)
1051 /* Finalize machine-dependent function wide scheduling code. */
1052 DEFHOOK
1053 (finish_global,
1054 "This is the cleanup hook corresponding to @code{TARGET_SCHED_INIT_GLOBAL}.\n\
1055 @var{file} is either a null pointer, or a stdio stream to write any debug output to.\n\
1056 @var{verbose} is the verbose level provided by @option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}.",
1057 void, (FILE *file, int verbose), NULL)
1059 /* Reorder insns in a machine-dependent fashion, in two different
1060 places. Default does nothing. */
1061 DEFHOOK
1062 (reorder,
1063 "This hook is executed by the scheduler after it has scheduled the ready\n\
1064 list, to allow the machine description to reorder it (for example to\n\
1065 combine two small instructions together on @samp{VLIW} machines).\n\
1066 @var{file} is either a null pointer, or a stdio stream to write any\n\
1067 debug output to. @var{verbose} is the verbose level provided by\n\
1068 @option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}. @var{ready} is a pointer to the ready\n\
1069 list of instructions that are ready to be scheduled. @var{n_readyp} is\n\
1070 a pointer to the number of elements in the ready list. The scheduler\n\
1071 reads the ready list in reverse order, starting with\n\
1072 @var{ready}[@var{*n_readyp} @minus{} 1] and going to @var{ready}[0]. @var{clock}\n\
1073 is the timer tick of the scheduler. You may modify the ready list and\n\
1074 the number of ready insns. The return value is the number of insns that\n\
1075 can issue this cycle; normally this is just @code{issue_rate}. See also\n\
1076 @samp{TARGET_SCHED_REORDER2}.",
1077 int, (FILE *file, int verbose, rtx_insn **ready, int *n_readyp, int clock), NULL)
1079 DEFHOOK
1080 (reorder2,
1081 "Like @samp{TARGET_SCHED_REORDER}, but called at a different time. That\n\
1082 function is called whenever the scheduler starts a new cycle. This one\n\
1083 is called once per iteration over a cycle, immediately after\n\
1084 @samp{TARGET_SCHED_VARIABLE_ISSUE}; it can reorder the ready list and\n\
1085 return the number of insns to be scheduled in the same cycle. Defining\n\
1086 this hook can be useful if there are frequent situations where\n\
1087 scheduling one insn causes other insns to become ready in the same\n\
1088 cycle. These other insns can then be taken into account properly.",
1089 int, (FILE *file, int verbose, rtx_insn **ready, int *n_readyp, int clock), NULL)
1091 DEFHOOK
1092 (macro_fusion_p,
1093 "This hook is used to check whether target platform supports macro fusion.",
1094 bool, (void), NULL)
1096 DEFHOOK
1097 (macro_fusion_pair_p,
1098 "This hook is used to check whether two insns should be macro fused for\n\
1099 a target microarchitecture. If this hook returns true for the given insn pair\n\
1100 (@var{prev} and @var{curr}), the scheduler will put them into a sched\n\
1101 group, and they will not be scheduled apart. The two insns will be either\n\
1102 two SET insns or a compare and a conditional jump and this hook should\n\
1103 validate any dependencies needed to fuse the two insns together.",
1104 bool, (rtx_insn *prev, rtx_insn *curr), NULL)
1106 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function called
1107 after evaluation forward dependencies of insns in chain given
1108 by two parameter values (head and tail correspondingly). */
1109 DEFHOOK
1110 (dependencies_evaluation_hook,
1111 "This hook is called after evaluation forward dependencies of insns in\n\
1112 chain given by two parameter values (@var{head} and @var{tail}\n\
1113 correspondingly) but before insns scheduling of the insn chain. For\n\
1114 example, it can be used for better insn classification if it requires\n\
1115 analysis of dependencies. This hook can use backward and forward\n\
1116 dependencies of the insn scheduler because they are already\n\
1117 calculated.",
1118 void, (rtx_insn *head, rtx_insn *tail), NULL)
1120 /* The values of the following four members are pointers to functions
1121 used to simplify the automaton descriptions. dfa_pre_cycle_insn and
1122 dfa_post_cycle_insn give functions returning insns which are used to
1123 change the pipeline hazard recognizer state when the new simulated
1124 processor cycle correspondingly starts and finishes. The function
1125 defined by init_dfa_pre_cycle_insn and init_dfa_post_cycle_insn are
1126 used to initialize the corresponding insns. The default values of
1127 the members result in not changing the automaton state when the
1128 new simulated processor cycle correspondingly starts and finishes. */
1130 DEFHOOK
1131 (init_dfa_pre_cycle_insn,
1132 "The hook can be used to initialize data used by the previous hook.",
1133 void, (void), NULL)
1135 DEFHOOK
1136 (dfa_pre_cycle_insn,
1137 "The hook returns an RTL insn. The automaton state used in the\n\
1138 pipeline hazard recognizer is changed as if the insn were scheduled\n\
1139 when the new simulated processor cycle starts. Usage of the hook may\n\
1140 simplify the automaton pipeline description for some @acronym{VLIW}\n\
1141 processors. If the hook is defined, it is used only for the automaton\n\
1142 based pipeline description. The default is not to change the state\n\
1143 when the new simulated processor cycle starts.",
1144 rtx, (void), NULL)
1146 DEFHOOK
1147 (init_dfa_post_cycle_insn,
1148 "The hook is analogous to @samp{TARGET_SCHED_INIT_DFA_PRE_CYCLE_INSN} but\n\
1149 used to initialize data used by the previous hook.",
1150 void, (void), NULL)
1152 DEFHOOK
1153 (dfa_post_cycle_insn,
1154 "The hook is analogous to @samp{TARGET_SCHED_DFA_PRE_CYCLE_INSN} but used\n\
1155 to changed the state as if the insn were scheduled when the new\n\
1156 simulated processor cycle finishes.",
1157 rtx_insn *, (void), NULL)
1159 /* The values of the following two members are pointers to
1160 functions used to simplify the automaton descriptions.
1161 dfa_pre_advance_cycle and dfa_post_advance_cycle are getting called
1162 immediately before and after cycle is advanced. */
1164 DEFHOOK
1165 (dfa_pre_advance_cycle,
1166 "The hook to notify target that the current simulated cycle is about to finish.\n\
1167 The hook is analogous to @samp{TARGET_SCHED_DFA_PRE_CYCLE_INSN} but used\n\
1168 to change the state in more complicated situations - e.g., when advancing\n\
1169 state on a single insn is not enough.",
1170 void, (void), NULL)
1172 DEFHOOK
1173 (dfa_post_advance_cycle,
1174 "The hook to notify target that new simulated cycle has just started.\n\
1175 The hook is analogous to @samp{TARGET_SCHED_DFA_POST_CYCLE_INSN} but used\n\
1176 to change the state in more complicated situations - e.g., when advancing\n\
1177 state on a single insn is not enough.",
1178 void, (void), NULL)
1180 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function returning value
1181 which defines how many insns in queue `ready' will we try for
1182 multi-pass scheduling. If the member value is nonzero and the
1183 function returns positive value, the DFA based scheduler will make
1184 multi-pass scheduling for the first cycle. In other words, we will
1185 try to choose ready insn which permits to start maximum number of
1186 insns on the same cycle. */
1187 DEFHOOK
1188 (first_cycle_multipass_dfa_lookahead,
1189 "This hook controls better choosing an insn from the ready insn queue\n\
1190 for the @acronym{DFA}-based insn scheduler. Usually the scheduler\n\
1191 chooses the first insn from the queue. If the hook returns a positive\n\
1192 value, an additional scheduler code tries all permutations of\n\
1193 @samp{TARGET_SCHED_FIRST_CYCLE_MULTIPASS_DFA_LOOKAHEAD ()}\n\
1194 subsequent ready insns to choose an insn whose issue will result in\n\
1195 maximal number of issued insns on the same cycle. For the\n\
1196 @acronym{VLIW} processor, the code could actually solve the problem of\n\
1197 packing simple insns into the @acronym{VLIW} insn. Of course, if the\n\
1198 rules of @acronym{VLIW} packing are described in the automaton.\n\
1200 This code also could be used for superscalar @acronym{RISC}\n\
1201 processors. Let us consider a superscalar @acronym{RISC} processor\n\
1202 with 3 pipelines. Some insns can be executed in pipelines @var{A} or\n\
1203 @var{B}, some insns can be executed only in pipelines @var{B} or\n\
1204 @var{C}, and one insn can be executed in pipeline @var{B}. The\n\
1205 processor may issue the 1st insn into @var{A} and the 2nd one into\n\
1206 @var{B}. In this case, the 3rd insn will wait for freeing @var{B}\n\
1207 until the next cycle. If the scheduler issues the 3rd insn the first,\n\
1208 the processor could issue all 3 insns per cycle.\n\
1210 Actually this code demonstrates advantages of the automaton based\n\
1211 pipeline hazard recognizer. We try quickly and easy many insn\n\
1212 schedules to choose the best one.\n\
1214 The default is no multipass scheduling.",
1215 int, (void), NULL)
1217 /* The following member value is pointer to a function controlling
1218 what insns from the ready insn queue will be considered for the
1219 multipass insn scheduling. If the hook returns zero for insn
1220 passed as the parameter, the insn will be not chosen to be issued. */
1221 DEFHOOK
1222 (first_cycle_multipass_dfa_lookahead_guard,
1223 "\n\
1224 This hook controls what insns from the ready insn queue will be\n\
1225 considered for the multipass insn scheduling. If the hook returns\n\
1226 zero for @var{insn}, the insn will be considered in multipass scheduling.\n\
1227 Positive return values will remove @var{insn} from consideration on\n\
1228 the current round of multipass scheduling.\n\
1229 Negative return values will remove @var{insn} from consideration for given\n\
1230 number of cycles.\n\
1231 Backends should be careful about returning non-zero for highest priority\n\
1232 instruction at position 0 in the ready list. @var{ready_index} is passed\n\
1233 to allow backends make correct judgements.\n\
1235 The default is that any ready insns can be chosen to be issued.",
1236 int, (rtx_insn *insn, int ready_index), NULL)
1238 /* This hook prepares the target for a new round of multipass
1239 scheduling.
1240 DATA is a pointer to target-specific data used for multipass scheduling.
1241 READY_TRY and N_READY represent the current state of search in the
1242 optimization space. The target can filter out instructions that
1243 should not be tried during current round by setting corresponding
1244 elements in READY_TRY to non-zero.
1245 FIRST_CYCLE_INSN_P is true if this is the first round of multipass
1246 scheduling on current cycle. */
1247 DEFHOOK
1248 (first_cycle_multipass_begin,
1249 "This hook prepares the target backend for a new round of multipass\n\
1250 scheduling.",
1251 void, (void *data, signed char *ready_try, int n_ready, bool first_cycle_insn_p),
1252 NULL)
1254 /* This hook is called when multipass scheduling evaluates instruction INSN.
1255 DATA is a pointer to target-specific data that can be used to record effects
1256 of INSN on CPU that are not described in DFA.
1257 READY_TRY and N_READY represent the current state of search in the
1258 optimization space. The target can filter out instructions that
1259 should not be tried after issuing INSN by setting corresponding
1260 elements in READY_TRY to non-zero.
1261 INSN is the instruction being evaluated.
1262 PREV_DATA is a pointer to target-specific data corresponding
1263 to a state before issuing INSN. */
1264 DEFHOOK
1265 (first_cycle_multipass_issue,
1266 "This hook is called when multipass scheduling evaluates instruction INSN.",
1267 void, (void *data, signed char *ready_try, int n_ready, rtx_insn *insn,
1268 const void *prev_data), NULL)
1270 /* This hook is called when multipass scheduling backtracks from evaluation of
1271 instruction corresponding to DATA.
1272 DATA is a pointer to target-specific data that stores the effects
1273 of instruction from which the algorithm backtracks on CPU that are not
1274 described in DFA.
1275 READY_TRY and N_READY represent the current state of search in the
1276 optimization space. The target can filter out instructions that
1277 should not be tried after issuing INSN by setting corresponding
1278 elements in READY_TRY to non-zero. */
1279 DEFHOOK
1280 (first_cycle_multipass_backtrack,
1281 "This is called when multipass scheduling backtracks from evaluation of\n\
1282 an instruction.",
1283 void, (const void *data, signed char *ready_try, int n_ready), NULL)
1285 /* This hook notifies the target about the result of the concluded current
1286 round of multipass scheduling.
1287 DATA is a pointer.
1288 If DATA is non-NULL it points to target-specific data used for multipass
1289 scheduling which corresponds to instruction at the start of the chain of
1290 the winning solution. DATA is NULL when multipass scheduling cannot find
1291 a good enough solution on current cycle and decides to retry later,
1292 usually after advancing the cycle count. */
1293 DEFHOOK
1294 (first_cycle_multipass_end,
1295 "This hook notifies the target about the result of the concluded current\n\
1296 round of multipass scheduling.",
1297 void, (const void *data), NULL)
1299 /* This hook is called to initialize target-specific data for multipass
1300 scheduling after it has been allocated.
1301 DATA is a pointer to target-specific data that stores the effects
1302 of instruction from which the algorithm backtracks on CPU that are not
1303 described in DFA. */
1304 DEFHOOK
1305 (first_cycle_multipass_init,
1306 "This hook initializes target-specific data used in multipass scheduling.",
1307 void, (void *data), NULL)
1309 /* This hook is called to finalize target-specific data for multipass
1310 scheduling before it is deallocated.
1311 DATA is a pointer to target-specific data that stores the effects
1312 of instruction from which the algorithm backtracks on CPU that are not
1313 described in DFA. */
1314 DEFHOOK
1315 (first_cycle_multipass_fini,
1316 "This hook finalizes target-specific data used in multipass scheduling.",
1317 void, (void *data), NULL)
1319 /* The following member value is pointer to a function called by
1320 the insn scheduler before issuing insn passed as the third
1321 parameter on given cycle. If the hook returns nonzero, the
1322 insn is not issued on given processors cycle. Instead of that,
1323 the processor cycle is advanced. If the value passed through
1324 the last parameter is zero, the insn ready queue is not sorted
1325 on the new cycle start as usually. The first parameter passes
1326 file for debugging output. The second one passes the scheduler
1327 verbose level of the debugging output. The forth and the fifth
1328 parameter values are correspondingly processor cycle on which
1329 the previous insn has been issued and the current processor cycle. */
1330 DEFHOOK
1331 (dfa_new_cycle,
1332 "This hook is called by the insn scheduler before issuing @var{insn}\n\
1333 on cycle @var{clock}. If the hook returns nonzero,\n\
1334 @var{insn} is not issued on this processor cycle. Instead,\n\
1335 the processor cycle is advanced. If *@var{sort_p}\n\
1336 is zero, the insn ready queue is not sorted on the new cycle\n\
1337 start as usually. @var{dump} and @var{verbose} specify the file and\n\
1338 verbosity level to use for debugging output.\n\
1339 @var{last_clock} and @var{clock} are, respectively, the\n\
1340 processor cycle on which the previous insn has been issued,\n\
1341 and the current processor cycle.",
1342 int, (FILE *dump, int verbose, rtx_insn *insn, int last_clock,
1343 int clock, int *sort_p),
1344 NULL)
1346 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function called by the
1347 insn scheduler. It should return true if there exists a dependence
1348 which is considered costly by the target, between the insn
1349 DEP_PRO (&_DEP), and the insn DEP_CON (&_DEP). The first parameter is
1350 the dep that represents the dependence between the two insns. The
1351 second argument is the cost of the dependence as estimated by
1352 the scheduler. The last argument is the distance in cycles
1353 between the already scheduled insn (first parameter) and the
1354 second insn (second parameter). */
1355 DEFHOOK
1356 (is_costly_dependence,
1357 "This hook is used to define which dependences are considered costly by\n\
1358 the target, so costly that it is not advisable to schedule the insns that\n\
1359 are involved in the dependence too close to one another. The parameters\n\
1360 to this hook are as follows: The first parameter @var{_dep} is the dependence\n\
1361 being evaluated. The second parameter @var{cost} is the cost of the\n\
1362 dependence as estimated by the scheduler, and the third\n\
1363 parameter @var{distance} is the distance in cycles between the two insns.\n\
1364 The hook returns @code{true} if considering the distance between the two\n\
1365 insns the dependence between them is considered costly by the target,\n\
1366 and @code{false} otherwise.\n\
1368 Defining this hook can be useful in multiple-issue out-of-order machines,\n\
1369 where (a) it's practically hopeless to predict the actual data/resource\n\
1370 delays, however: (b) there's a better chance to predict the actual grouping\n\
1371 that will be formed, and (c) correctly emulating the grouping can be very\n\
1372 important. In such targets one may want to allow issuing dependent insns\n\
1373 closer to one another---i.e., closer than the dependence distance; however,\n\
1374 not in cases of ``costly dependences'', which this hooks allows to define.",
1375 bool, (struct _dep *_dep, int cost, int distance), NULL)
1377 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function called
1378 by the insn scheduler. This hook is called to notify the backend
1379 that new instructions were emitted. */
1380 DEFHOOK
1381 (h_i_d_extended,
1382 "This hook is called by the insn scheduler after emitting a new instruction to\n\
1383 the instruction stream. The hook notifies a target backend to extend its\n\
1384 per instruction data structures.",
1385 void, (void), NULL)
1387 /* Next 5 functions are for multi-point scheduling. */
1389 /* Allocate memory for scheduler context. */
1390 DEFHOOK
1391 (alloc_sched_context,
1392 "Return a pointer to a store large enough to hold target scheduling context.",
1393 void *, (void), NULL)
1395 /* Fills the context from the local machine scheduler context. */
1396 DEFHOOK
1397 (init_sched_context,
1398 "Initialize store pointed to by @var{tc} to hold target scheduling context.\n\
1399 It @var{clean_p} is true then initialize @var{tc} as if scheduler is at the\n\
1400 beginning of the block. Otherwise, copy the current context into @var{tc}.",
1401 void, (void *tc, bool clean_p), NULL)
1403 /* Sets local machine scheduler context to a saved value. */
1404 DEFHOOK
1405 (set_sched_context,
1406 "Copy target scheduling context pointed to by @var{tc} to the current context.",
1407 void, (void *tc), NULL)
1409 /* Clears a scheduler context so it becomes like after init. */
1410 DEFHOOK
1411 (clear_sched_context,
1412 "Deallocate internal data in target scheduling context pointed to by @var{tc}.",
1413 void, (void *tc), NULL)
1415 /* Frees the scheduler context. */
1416 DEFHOOK
1417 (free_sched_context,
1418 "Deallocate a store for target scheduling context pointed to by @var{tc}.",
1419 void, (void *tc), NULL)
1421 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function called
1422 by the insn scheduler.
1423 The first parameter is an instruction, the second parameter is the type
1424 of the requested speculation, and the third parameter is a pointer to the
1425 speculative pattern of the corresponding type (set if return value == 1).
1426 It should return
1427 -1, if there is no pattern, that will satisfy the requested speculation type,
1428 0, if current pattern satisfies the requested speculation type,
1429 1, if pattern of the instruction should be changed to the newly
1430 generated one. */
1431 DEFHOOK
1432 (speculate_insn,
1433 "This hook is called by the insn scheduler when @var{insn} has only\n\
1434 speculative dependencies and therefore can be scheduled speculatively.\n\
1435 The hook is used to check if the pattern of @var{insn} has a speculative\n\
1436 version and, in case of successful check, to generate that speculative\n\
1437 pattern. The hook should return 1, if the instruction has a speculative form,\n\
1438 or @minus{}1, if it doesn't. @var{request} describes the type of requested\n\
1439 speculation. If the return value equals 1 then @var{new_pat} is assigned\n\
1440 the generated speculative pattern.",
1441 int, (rtx_insn *insn, unsigned int dep_status, rtx *new_pat), NULL)
1443 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function called
1444 by the insn scheduler. It should return true if the check instruction
1445 passed as the parameter needs a recovery block. */
1446 DEFHOOK
1447 (needs_block_p,
1448 "This hook is called by the insn scheduler during generation of recovery code\n\
1449 for @var{insn}. It should return @code{true}, if the corresponding check\n\
1450 instruction should branch to recovery code, or @code{false} otherwise.",
1451 bool, (unsigned int dep_status), NULL)
1453 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function called
1454 by the insn scheduler. It should return a pattern for the check
1455 instruction.
1456 The first parameter is a speculative instruction, the second parameter
1457 is the label of the corresponding recovery block (or null, if it is a
1458 simple check). The third parameter is the kind of speculation that
1459 is being performed. */
1460 DEFHOOK
1461 (gen_spec_check,
1462 "This hook is called by the insn scheduler to generate a pattern for recovery\n\
1463 check instruction. If @var{mutate_p} is zero, then @var{insn} is a\n\
1464 speculative instruction for which the check should be generated.\n\
1465 @var{label} is either a label of a basic block, where recovery code should\n\
1466 be emitted, or a null pointer, when requested check doesn't branch to\n\
1467 recovery code (a simple check). If @var{mutate_p} is nonzero, then\n\
1468 a pattern for a branchy check corresponding to a simple check denoted by\n\
1469 @var{insn} should be generated. In this case @var{label} can't be null.",
1470 rtx, (rtx_insn *insn, rtx_insn *label, unsigned int ds), NULL)
1472 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function that provides
1473 information about the speculation capabilities of the target.
1474 The parameter is a pointer to spec_info variable. */
1475 DEFHOOK
1476 (set_sched_flags,
1477 "This hook is used by the insn scheduler to find out what features should be\n\
1478 enabled/used.\n\
1479 The structure *@var{spec_info} should be filled in by the target.\n\
1480 The structure describes speculation types that can be used in the scheduler.",
1481 void, (struct spec_info_def *spec_info), NULL)
1483 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
1484 (get_insn_spec_ds,
1485 "Return speculation types of instruction @var{insn}.",
1486 unsigned int, (rtx_insn *insn), NULL)
1488 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
1489 (get_insn_checked_ds,
1490 "Return speculation types that are checked for instruction @var{insn}",
1491 unsigned int, (rtx_insn *insn), NULL)
1493 DEFHOOK
1494 (can_speculate_insn,
1495 "Some instructions should never be speculated by the schedulers, usually\n\
1496 because the instruction is too expensive to get this wrong. Often such\n\
1497 instructions have long latency, and often they are not fully modeled in the\n\
1498 pipeline descriptions. This hook should return @code{false} if @var{insn}\n\
1499 should not be speculated.",
1500 bool, (rtx_insn *insn), hook_bool_rtx_insn_true)
1502 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
1503 (skip_rtx_p,
1504 "Return bool if rtx scanning should just skip current layer and\
1505 advance to the inner rtxes.",
1506 bool, (const_rtx x), NULL)
1508 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function that provides
1509 information about the target resource-based lower bound which is
1510 used by the swing modulo scheduler. The parameter is a pointer
1511 to ddg variable. */
1512 DEFHOOK
1513 (sms_res_mii,
1514 "This hook is called by the swing modulo scheduler to calculate a\n\
1515 resource-based lower bound which is based on the resources available in\n\
1516 the machine and the resources required by each instruction. The target\n\
1517 backend can use @var{g} to calculate such bound. A very simple lower\n\
1518 bound will be used in case this hook is not implemented: the total number\n\
1519 of instructions divided by the issue rate.",
1520 int, (struct ddg *g), NULL)
1522 /* The following member value is a function that initializes dispatch
1523 schedling and adds instructions to dispatch window according to its
1524 parameters. */
1525 DEFHOOK
1526 (dispatch_do,
1527 "This hook is called by Haifa Scheduler. It performs the operation specified\n\
1528 in its second parameter.",
1529 void, (rtx_insn *insn, int x),
1530 hook_void_rtx_insn_int)
1532 /* The following member value is a a function that returns true is
1533 dispatch schedling is supported in hardware and condition passed
1534 as the second parameter is true. */
1535 DEFHOOK
1536 (dispatch,
1537 "This hook is called by Haifa Scheduler. It returns true if dispatch scheduling\n\
1538 is supported in hardware and the condition specified in the parameter is true.",
1539 bool, (rtx_insn *insn, int x),
1540 hook_bool_rtx_insn_int_false)
1542 DEFHOOKPOD
1543 (exposed_pipeline,
1544 "True if the processor has an exposed pipeline, which means that not just\n\
1545 the order of instructions is important for correctness when scheduling, but\n\
1546 also the latencies of operations.",
1547 bool, false)
1549 /* The following member value is a function that returns number
1550 of operations reassociator should try to put in parallel for
1551 statements of the given type. By default 1 is used. */
1552 DEFHOOK
1553 (reassociation_width,
1554 "This hook is called by tree reassociator to determine a level of\n\
1555 parallelism required in output calculations chain.",
1556 int, (unsigned int opc, machine_mode mode),
1557 hook_int_uint_mode_1)
1559 /* The following member value is a function that returns priority for
1560 fusion of each instruction via pointer parameters. */
1561 DEFHOOK
1562 (fusion_priority,
1563 "This hook is called by scheduling fusion pass. It calculates fusion\n\
1564 priorities for each instruction passed in by parameter. The priorities\n\
1565 are returned via pointer parameters.\n\
1567 @var{insn} is the instruction whose priorities need to be calculated.\n\
1568 @var{max_pri} is the maximum priority can be returned in any cases.\n\
1569 @var{fusion_pri} is the pointer parameter through which @var{insn}'s\n\
1570 fusion priority should be calculated and returned.\n\
1571 @var{pri} is the pointer parameter through which @var{insn}'s priority\n\
1572 should be calculated and returned.\n\
1574 Same @var{fusion_pri} should be returned for instructions which should\n\
1575 be scheduled together. Different @var{pri} should be returned for\n\
1576 instructions with same @var{fusion_pri}. @var{fusion_pri} is the major\n\
1577 sort key, @var{pri} is the minor sort key. All instructions will be\n\
1578 scheduled according to the two priorities. All priorities calculated\n\
1579 should be between 0 (exclusive) and @var{max_pri} (inclusive). To avoid\n\
1580 false dependencies, @var{fusion_pri} of instructions which need to be\n\
1581 scheduled together should be smaller than @var{fusion_pri} of irrelevant\n\
1582 instructions.\n\
1584 Given below example:\n\
1586 @smallexample\n\
1587 ldr r10, [r1, 4]\n\
1588 add r4, r4, r10\n\
1589 ldr r15, [r2, 8]\n\
1590 sub r5, r5, r15\n\
1591 ldr r11, [r1, 0]\n\
1592 add r4, r4, r11\n\
1593 ldr r16, [r2, 12]\n\
1594 sub r5, r5, r16\n\
1595 @end smallexample\n\
1597 On targets like ARM/AArch64, the two pairs of consecutive loads should be\n\
1598 merged. Since peephole2 pass can't help in this case unless consecutive\n\
1599 loads are actually next to each other in instruction flow. That's where\n\
1600 this scheduling fusion pass works. This hook calculates priority for each\n\
1601 instruction based on its fustion type, like:\n\
1603 @smallexample\n\
1604 ldr r10, [r1, 4] ; fusion_pri=99, pri=96\n\
1605 add r4, r4, r10 ; fusion_pri=100, pri=100\n\
1606 ldr r15, [r2, 8] ; fusion_pri=98, pri=92\n\
1607 sub r5, r5, r15 ; fusion_pri=100, pri=100\n\
1608 ldr r11, [r1, 0] ; fusion_pri=99, pri=100\n\
1609 add r4, r4, r11 ; fusion_pri=100, pri=100\n\
1610 ldr r16, [r2, 12] ; fusion_pri=98, pri=88\n\
1611 sub r5, r5, r16 ; fusion_pri=100, pri=100\n\
1612 @end smallexample\n\
1614 Scheduling fusion pass then sorts all ready to issue instructions according\n\
1615 to the priorities. As a result, instructions of same fusion type will be\n\
1616 pushed together in instruction flow, like:\n\
1618 @smallexample\n\
1619 ldr r11, [r1, 0]\n\
1620 ldr r10, [r1, 4]\n\
1621 ldr r15, [r2, 8]\n\
1622 ldr r16, [r2, 12]\n\
1623 add r4, r4, r10\n\
1624 sub r5, r5, r15\n\
1625 add r4, r4, r11\n\
1626 sub r5, r5, r16\n\
1627 @end smallexample\n\
1629 Now peephole2 pass can simply merge the two pairs of loads.\n\
1631 Since scheduling fusion pass relies on peephole2 to do real fusion\n\
1632 work, it is only enabled by default when peephole2 is in effect.\n\
1634 This is firstly introduced on ARM/AArch64 targets, please refer to\n\
1635 the hook implementation for how different fusion types are supported.",
1636 void, (rtx_insn *insn, int max_pri, int *fusion_pri, int *pri), NULL)
1638 HOOK_VECTOR_END (sched)
1640 /* Functions relating to OpenMP SIMD and __attribute__((simd)) clones. */
1641 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
1642 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_SIMD_CLONE_"
1643 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_SIMD_CLONE, simd_clone)
1645 DEFHOOK
1646 (compute_vecsize_and_simdlen,
1647 "This hook should set @var{vecsize_mangle}, @var{vecsize_int}, @var{vecsize_float}\n\
1648 fields in @var{simd_clone} structure pointed by @var{clone_info} argument and also\n\
1649 @var{simdlen} field if it was previously 0.\n\
1650 The hook should return 0 if SIMD clones shouldn't be emitted,\n\
1651 or number of @var{vecsize_mangle} variants that should be emitted.",
1652 int, (struct cgraph_node *, struct cgraph_simd_clone *, tree, int), NULL)
1654 DEFHOOK
1655 (adjust,
1656 "This hook should add implicit @code{attribute(target(\"...\"))} attribute\n\
1657 to SIMD clone @var{node} if needed.",
1658 void, (struct cgraph_node *), NULL)
1660 DEFHOOK
1661 (usable,
1662 "This hook should return -1 if SIMD clone @var{node} shouldn't be used\n\
1663 in vectorized loops in current function, or non-negative number if it is\n\
1664 usable. In that case, the smaller the number is, the more desirable it is\n\
1665 to use it.",
1666 int, (struct cgraph_node *), NULL)
1668 HOOK_VECTOR_END (simd_clone)
1670 /* Functions relating to OpenMP SIMT vectorization transform. */
1671 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
1672 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_SIMT_"
1673 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_SIMT, simt)
1675 DEFHOOK
1676 (vf,
1677 "Return number of threads in SIMT thread group on the target.",
1678 int, (void), NULL)
1680 HOOK_VECTOR_END (simt)
1682 /* Functions relating to openacc. */
1683 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
1684 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_GOACC_"
1685 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_GOACC, goacc)
1687 DEFHOOK
1688 (validate_dims,
1689 "This hook should check the launch dimensions provided for an OpenACC\n\
1690 compute region, or routine. Defaulted values are represented as -1\n\
1691 and non-constant values as 0. The @var{fn_level} is negative for the\n\
1692 function corresponding to the compute region. For a routine is is the\n\
1693 outermost level at which partitioned execution may be spawned. The hook\n\
1694 should verify non-default values. If DECL is NULL, global defaults\n\
1695 are being validated and unspecified defaults should be filled in.\n\
1696 Diagnostics should be issued as appropriate. Return\n\
1697 true, if changes have been made. You must override this hook to\n\
1698 provide dimensions larger than 1.",
1699 bool, (tree decl, int *dims, int fn_level),
1700 default_goacc_validate_dims)
1702 DEFHOOK
1703 (dim_limit,
1704 "This hook should return the maximum size of a particular dimension,\n\
1705 or zero if unbounded.",
1706 int, (int axis),
1707 default_goacc_dim_limit)
1709 DEFHOOK
1710 (fork_join,
1711 "This hook can be used to convert IFN_GOACC_FORK and IFN_GOACC_JOIN\n\
1712 function calls to target-specific gimple, or indicate whether they\n\
1713 should be retained. It is executed during the oacc_device_lower pass.\n\
1714 It should return true, if the call should be retained. It should\n\
1715 return false, if it is to be deleted (either because target-specific\n\
1716 gimple has been inserted before it, or there is no need for it).\n\
1717 The default hook returns false, if there are no RTL expanders for them.",
1718 bool, (gcall *call, const int *dims, bool is_fork),
1719 default_goacc_fork_join)
1721 DEFHOOK
1722 (reduction,
1723 "This hook is used by the oacc_transform pass to expand calls to the\n\
1724 @var{GOACC_REDUCTION} internal function, into a sequence of gimple\n\
1725 instructions. @var{call} is gimple statement containing the call to\n\
1726 the function. This hook removes statement @var{call} after the\n\
1727 expanded sequence has been inserted. This hook is also responsible\n\
1728 for allocating any storage for reductions when necessary.",
1729 void, (gcall *call),
1730 default_goacc_reduction)
1732 HOOK_VECTOR_END (goacc)
1734 /* Functions relating to vectorization. */
1735 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
1736 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_VECTORIZE_"
1737 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_VECTORIZE, vectorize)
1739 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function called
1740 by the vectorizer, and return the decl of the target builtin
1741 function. */
1742 DEFHOOK
1743 (builtin_mask_for_load,
1744 "This hook should return the DECL of a function @var{f} that given an\n\
1745 address @var{addr} as an argument returns a mask @var{m} that can be\n\
1746 used to extract from two vectors the relevant data that resides in\n\
1747 @var{addr} in case @var{addr} is not properly aligned.\n\
1749 The autovectorizer, when vectorizing a load operation from an address\n\
1750 @var{addr} that may be unaligned, will generate two vector loads from\n\
1751 the two aligned addresses around @var{addr}. It then generates a\n\
1752 @code{REALIGN_LOAD} operation to extract the relevant data from the\n\
1753 two loaded vectors. The first two arguments to @code{REALIGN_LOAD},\n\
1754 @var{v1} and @var{v2}, are the two vectors, each of size @var{VS}, and\n\
1755 the third argument, @var{OFF}, defines how the data will be extracted\n\
1756 from these two vectors: if @var{OFF} is 0, then the returned vector is\n\
1757 @var{v2}; otherwise, the returned vector is composed from the last\n\
1758 @var{VS}-@var{OFF} elements of @var{v1} concatenated to the first\n\
1759 @var{OFF} elements of @var{v2}.\n\
1761 If this hook is defined, the autovectorizer will generate a call\n\
1762 to @var{f} (using the DECL tree that this hook returns) and will\n\
1763 use the return value of @var{f} as the argument @var{OFF} to\n\
1764 @code{REALIGN_LOAD}. Therefore, the mask @var{m} returned by @var{f}\n\
1765 should comply with the semantics expected by @code{REALIGN_LOAD}\n\
1766 described above.\n\
1767 If this hook is not defined, then @var{addr} will be used as\n\
1768 the argument @var{OFF} to @code{REALIGN_LOAD}, in which case the low\n\
1769 log2(@var{VS}) @minus{} 1 bits of @var{addr} will be considered.",
1770 tree, (void), NULL)
1772 /* Returns a built-in function that realizes the vectorized version of
1773 a target-independent function, or NULL_TREE if not available. */
1774 DEFHOOK
1775 (builtin_vectorized_function,
1776 "This hook should return the decl of a function that implements the\n\
1777 vectorized variant of the function with the @code{combined_fn} code\n\
1778 @var{code} or @code{NULL_TREE} if such a function is not available.\n\
1779 The return type of the vectorized function shall be of vector type\n\
1780 @var{vec_type_out} and the argument types should be @var{vec_type_in}.",
1781 tree, (unsigned code, tree vec_type_out, tree vec_type_in),
1782 default_builtin_vectorized_function)
1784 /* Returns a built-in function that realizes the vectorized version of
1785 a target-specific function, or NULL_TREE if not available. */
1786 DEFHOOK
1787 (builtin_md_vectorized_function,
1788 "This hook should return the decl of a function that implements the\n\
1789 vectorized variant of target built-in function @code{fndecl}. The\n\
1790 return type of the vectorized function shall be of vector type\n\
1791 @var{vec_type_out} and the argument types should be @var{vec_type_in}.",
1792 tree, (tree fndecl, tree vec_type_out, tree vec_type_in),
1793 default_builtin_md_vectorized_function)
1795 /* Returns a function declaration for a builtin that realizes the
1796 vector conversion, or NULL_TREE if not available. */
1797 DEFHOOK
1798 (builtin_conversion,
1799 "This hook should return the DECL of a function that implements conversion of the\n\
1800 input vector of type @var{src_type} to type @var{dest_type}.\n\
1801 The value of @var{code} is one of the enumerators in @code{enum tree_code} and\n\
1802 specifies how the conversion is to be applied\n\
1803 (truncation, rounding, etc.).\n\
1805 If this hook is defined, the autovectorizer will use the\n\
1806 @code{TARGET_VECTORIZE_BUILTIN_CONVERSION} target hook when vectorizing\n\
1807 conversion. Otherwise, it will return @code{NULL_TREE}.",
1808 tree, (unsigned code, tree dest_type, tree src_type),
1809 default_builtin_vectorized_conversion)
1811 /* Cost of different vector/scalar statements in vectorization cost
1812 model. In case of misaligned vector loads and stores the cost depends
1813 on the data type and misalignment value. */
1814 DEFHOOK
1815 (builtin_vectorization_cost,
1816 "Returns cost of different scalar or vector statements for vectorization cost model.\n\
1817 For vector memory operations the cost may depend on type (@var{vectype}) and\n\
1818 misalignment value (@var{misalign}).",
1819 int, (enum vect_cost_for_stmt type_of_cost, tree vectype, int misalign),
1820 default_builtin_vectorization_cost)
1822 DEFHOOK
1823 (preferred_vector_alignment,
1824 "This hook returns the preferred alignment in bits for accesses to\n\
1825 vectors of type @var{type} in vectorized code. This might be less than\n\
1826 or greater than the ABI-defined value returned by\n\
1827 @code{TARGET_VECTOR_ALIGNMENT}. It can be equal to the alignment of\n\
1828 a single element, in which case the vectorizer will not try to optimize\n\
1829 for alignment.\n\
1831 The default hook returns @code{TYPE_ALIGN (@var{type})}, which is\n\
1832 correct for most targets.",
1833 HOST_WIDE_INT, (const_tree type),
1834 default_preferred_vector_alignment)
1836 /* Return true if vector alignment is reachable (by peeling N
1837 iterations) for the given scalar type. */
1838 DEFHOOK
1839 (vector_alignment_reachable,
1840 "Return true if vector alignment is reachable (by peeling N iterations) for the given scalar type @var{type}. @var{is_packed} is false if the scalar access using @var{type} is known to be naturally aligned.",
1841 bool, (const_tree type, bool is_packed),
1842 default_builtin_vector_alignment_reachable)
1844 DEFHOOK
1845 (vec_perm_const,
1846 "This hook is used to test whether the target can permute up to two\n\
1847 vectors of mode @var{mode} using the permutation vector @code{sel}, and\n\
1848 also to emit such a permutation. In the former case @var{in0}, @var{in1}\n\
1849 and @var{out} are all null. In the latter case @var{in0} and @var{in1} are\n\
1850 the source vectors and @var{out} is the destination vector; all three are\n\
1851 registers of mode @var{mode}. @var{in1} is the same as @var{in0} if\n\
1852 @var{sel} describes a permutation on one vector instead of two.\n\
1854 Return true if the operation is possible, emitting instructions for it\n\
1855 if rtxes are provided.\n\
1857 @cindex @code{vec_perm@var{m}} instruction pattern\n\
1858 If the hook returns false for a mode with multibyte elements, GCC will\n\
1859 try the equivalent byte operation. If that also fails, it will try forcing\n\
1860 the selector into a register and using the @var{vec_perm@var{mode}}\n\
1861 instruction pattern. There is no need for the hook to handle these two\n\
1862 implementation approaches itself.",
1863 bool, (machine_mode mode, rtx output, rtx in0, rtx in1,
1864 const vec_perm_indices &sel),
1865 NULL)
1867 /* Return true if the target supports misaligned store/load of a
1868 specific factor denoted in the third parameter. The last parameter
1869 is true if the access is defined in a packed struct. */
1870 DEFHOOK
1871 (support_vector_misalignment,
1872 "This hook should return true if the target supports misaligned vector\n\
1873 store/load of a specific factor denoted in the @var{misalignment}\n\
1874 parameter. The vector store/load should be of machine mode @var{mode} and\n\
1875 the elements in the vectors should be of type @var{type}. @var{is_packed}\n\
1876 parameter is true if the memory access is defined in a packed struct.",
1877 bool,
1878 (machine_mode mode, const_tree type, int misalignment, bool is_packed),
1879 default_builtin_support_vector_misalignment)
1881 /* Returns the preferred mode for SIMD operations for the specified
1882 scalar mode. */
1883 DEFHOOK
1884 (preferred_simd_mode,
1885 "This hook should return the preferred mode for vectorizing scalar\n\
1886 mode @var{mode}. The default is\n\
1887 equal to @code{word_mode}, because the vectorizer can do some\n\
1888 transformations even in absence of specialized @acronym{SIMD} hardware.",
1889 machine_mode,
1890 (scalar_mode mode),
1891 default_preferred_simd_mode)
1893 /* Returns a mask of vector sizes to iterate over when auto-vectorizing
1894 after processing the preferred one derived from preferred_simd_mode. */
1895 DEFHOOK
1896 (autovectorize_vector_sizes,
1897 "If the mode returned by @code{TARGET_VECTORIZE_PREFERRED_SIMD_MODE} is not\n\
1898 the only one that is worth considering, this hook should add all suitable\n\
1899 vector sizes to @var{sizes}, in order of decreasing preference. The first\n\
1900 one should be the size of @code{TARGET_VECTORIZE_PREFERRED_SIMD_MODE}.\n\
1902 The hook does not need to do anything if the vector returned by\n\
1903 @code{TARGET_VECTORIZE_PREFERRED_SIMD_MODE} is the only one relevant\n\
1904 for autovectorization. The default implementation does nothing.",
1905 void,
1906 (vector_sizes *sizes),
1907 default_autovectorize_vector_sizes)
1909 /* Function to get a target mode for a vector mask. */
1910 DEFHOOK
1911 (get_mask_mode,
1912 "A vector mask is a value that holds one boolean result for every element\n\
1913 in a vector. This hook returns the machine mode that should be used to\n\
1914 represent such a mask when the vector in question is @var{length} bytes\n\
1915 long and contains @var{nunits} elements. The hook returns an empty\n\
1916 @code{opt_machine_mode} if no such mode exists.\n\
1918 The default implementation returns the mode of an integer vector that\n\
1919 is @var{length} bytes long and that contains @var{nunits} elements,\n\
1920 if such a mode exists.",
1921 opt_machine_mode,
1922 (poly_uint64 nunits, poly_uint64 length),
1923 default_get_mask_mode)
1925 /* Target builtin that implements vector gather operation. */
1926 DEFHOOK
1927 (builtin_gather,
1928 "Target builtin that implements vector gather operation. @var{mem_vectype}\n\
1929 is the vector type of the load and @var{index_type} is scalar type of\n\
1930 the index, scaled by @var{scale}.\n\
1931 The default is @code{NULL_TREE} which means to not vectorize gather\n\
1932 loads.",
1933 tree,
1934 (const_tree mem_vectype, const_tree index_type, int scale),
1935 NULL)
1937 /* Target builtin that implements vector scatter operation. */
1938 DEFHOOK
1939 (builtin_scatter,
1940 "Target builtin that implements vector scatter operation. @var{vectype}\n\
1941 is the vector type of the store and @var{index_type} is scalar type of\n\
1942 the index, scaled by @var{scale}.\n\
1943 The default is @code{NULL_TREE} which means to not vectorize scatter\n\
1944 stores.",
1945 tree,
1946 (const_tree vectype, const_tree index_type, int scale),
1947 NULL)
1949 /* Target function to initialize the cost model for a loop or block. */
1950 DEFHOOK
1951 (init_cost,
1952 "This hook should initialize target-specific data structures in preparation "
1953 "for modeling the costs of vectorizing a loop or basic block. The default "
1954 "allocates three unsigned integers for accumulating costs for the prologue, "
1955 "body, and epilogue of the loop or basic block. If @var{loop_info} is "
1956 "non-NULL, it identifies the loop being vectorized; otherwise a single block "
1957 "is being vectorized.",
1958 void *,
1959 (struct loop *loop_info),
1960 default_init_cost)
1962 /* Target function to record N statements of the given kind using the
1963 given vector type within the cost model data for the current loop or
1964 block. */
1965 DEFHOOK
1966 (add_stmt_cost,
1967 "This hook should update the target-specific @var{data} in response to "
1968 "adding @var{count} copies of the given @var{kind} of statement to a "
1969 "loop or basic block. The default adds the builtin vectorizer cost for "
1970 "the copies of the statement to the accumulator specified by @var{where}, "
1971 "(the prologue, body, or epilogue) and returns the amount added. The "
1972 "return value should be viewed as a tentative cost that may later be "
1973 "revised.",
1974 unsigned,
1975 (void *data, int count, enum vect_cost_for_stmt kind,
1976 struct _stmt_vec_info *stmt_info, int misalign,
1977 enum vect_cost_model_location where),
1978 default_add_stmt_cost)
1980 /* Target function to calculate the total cost of the current vectorized
1981 loop or block. */
1982 DEFHOOK
1983 (finish_cost,
1984 "This hook should complete calculations of the cost of vectorizing a loop "
1985 "or basic block based on @var{data}, and return the prologue, body, and "
1986 "epilogue costs as unsigned integers. The default returns the value of "
1987 "the three accumulators.",
1988 void,
1989 (void *data, unsigned *prologue_cost, unsigned *body_cost,
1990 unsigned *epilogue_cost),
1991 default_finish_cost)
1993 /* Function to delete target-specific cost modeling data. */
1994 DEFHOOK
1995 (destroy_cost_data,
1996 "This hook should release @var{data} and any related data structures "
1997 "allocated by TARGET_VECTORIZE_INIT_COST. The default releases the "
1998 "accumulator.",
1999 void,
2000 (void *data),
2001 default_destroy_cost_data)
2003 HOOK_VECTOR_END (vectorize)
2005 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
2006 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_"
2008 DEFHOOK
2009 (record_offload_symbol,
2010 "Used when offloaded functions are seen in the compilation unit and no named\n\
2011 sections are available. It is called once for each symbol that must be\n\
2012 recorded in the offload function and variable table.",
2013 void, (tree),
2014 hook_void_tree)
2016 DEFHOOKPOD
2017 (absolute_biggest_alignment,
2018 "If defined, this target hook specifies the absolute biggest alignment\n\
2019 that a type or variable can have on this machine, otherwise,\n\
2020 @code{BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT} is used.",
2021 HOST_WIDE_INT, BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT)
2023 /* Allow target specific overriding of option settings after options have
2024 been changed by an attribute or pragma or when it is reset at the
2025 end of the code affected by an attribute or pragma. */
2026 DEFHOOK
2027 (override_options_after_change,
2028 "This target function is similar to the hook @code{TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE}\n\
2029 but is called when the optimize level is changed via an attribute or\n\
2030 pragma or when it is reset at the end of the code affected by the\n\
2031 attribute or pragma. It is not called at the beginning of compilation\n\
2032 when @code{TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE} is called so if you want to perform these\n\
2033 actions then, you should have @code{TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE} call\n\
2034 @code{TARGET_OVERRIDE_OPTIONS_AFTER_CHANGE}.",
2035 void, (void),
2036 hook_void_void)
2038 DEFHOOK
2039 (offload_options,
2040 "Used when writing out the list of options into an LTO file. It should\n\
2041 translate any relevant target-specific options (such as the ABI in use)\n\
2042 into one of the @option{-foffload} options that exist as a common interface\n\
2043 to express such options. It should return a string containing these options,\n\
2044 separated by spaces, which the caller will free.\n",
2045 char *, (void), hook_charptr_void_null)
2047 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
2048 (eh_return_filter_mode,
2049 "Return machine mode for filter value.",
2050 scalar_int_mode, (void),
2051 default_eh_return_filter_mode)
2053 /* Return machine mode for libgcc expanded cmp instructions. */
2054 DEFHOOK
2055 (libgcc_cmp_return_mode,
2056 "This target hook should return the mode to be used for the return value\n\
2057 of compare instructions expanded to libgcc calls. If not defined\n\
2058 @code{word_mode} is returned which is the right choice for a majority of\n\
2059 targets.",
2060 scalar_int_mode, (void),
2061 default_libgcc_cmp_return_mode)
2063 /* Return machine mode for libgcc expanded shift instructions. */
2064 DEFHOOK
2065 (libgcc_shift_count_mode,
2066 "This target hook should return the mode to be used for the shift count operand\n\
2067 of shift instructions expanded to libgcc calls. If not defined\n\
2068 @code{word_mode} is returned which is the right choice for a majority of\n\
2069 targets.",
2070 scalar_int_mode, (void),
2071 default_libgcc_shift_count_mode)
2073 /* Return machine mode to be used for _Unwind_Word type. */
2074 DEFHOOK
2075 (unwind_word_mode,
2076 "Return machine mode to be used for @code{_Unwind_Word} type.\n\
2077 The default is to use @code{word_mode}.",
2078 scalar_int_mode, (void),
2079 default_unwind_word_mode)
2081 /* Given two decls, merge their attributes and return the result. */
2082 DEFHOOK
2083 (merge_decl_attributes,
2084 "Define this target hook if the merging of decl attributes needs special\n\
2085 handling. If defined, the result is a list of the combined\n\
2086 @code{DECL_ATTRIBUTES} of @var{olddecl} and @var{newdecl}.\n\
2087 @var{newdecl} is a duplicate declaration of @var{olddecl}. Examples of\n\
2088 when this is needed are when one attribute overrides another, or when an\n\
2089 attribute is nullified by a subsequent definition. This function may\n\
2090 call @code{merge_attributes} to handle machine-independent merging.\n\
2092 @findex TARGET_DLLIMPORT_DECL_ATTRIBUTES\n\
2093 If the only target-specific handling you require is @samp{dllimport}\n\
2094 for Microsoft Windows targets, you should define the macro\n\
2095 @code{TARGET_DLLIMPORT_DECL_ATTRIBUTES} to @code{1}. The compiler\n\
2096 will then define a function called\n\
2097 @code{merge_dllimport_decl_attributes} which can then be defined as\n\
2098 the expansion of @code{TARGET_MERGE_DECL_ATTRIBUTES}. You can also\n\
2099 add @code{handle_dll_attribute} in the attribute table for your port\n\
2100 to perform initial processing of the @samp{dllimport} and\n\
2101 @samp{dllexport} attributes. This is done in @file{i386/cygwin.h} and\n\
2102 @file{i386/i386.c}, for example.",
2103 tree, (tree olddecl, tree newdecl),
2104 merge_decl_attributes)
2106 /* Given two types, merge their attributes and return the result. */
2107 DEFHOOK
2108 (merge_type_attributes,
2109 "Define this target hook if the merging of type attributes needs special\n\
2110 handling. If defined, the result is a list of the combined\n\
2111 @code{TYPE_ATTRIBUTES} of @var{type1} and @var{type2}. It is assumed\n\
2112 that @code{comptypes} has already been called and returned 1. This\n\
2113 function may call @code{merge_attributes} to handle machine-independent\n\
2114 merging.",
2115 tree, (tree type1, tree type2),
2116 merge_type_attributes)
2118 /* Table of machine attributes and functions to handle them.
2119 Ignored if NULL. */
2120 DEFHOOKPOD
2121 (attribute_table,
2122 "If defined, this target hook points to an array of @samp{struct\n\
2123 attribute_spec} (defined in @file{tree-core.h}) specifying the machine\n\
2124 specific attributes for this target and some of the restrictions on the\n\
2125 entities to which these attributes are applied and the arguments they\n\
2126 take.",
2127 const struct attribute_spec *, NULL)
2129 /* Return true iff attribute NAME expects a plain identifier as its first
2130 argument. */
2131 DEFHOOK
2132 (attribute_takes_identifier_p,
2133 "If defined, this target hook is a function which returns true if the\n\
2134 machine-specific attribute named @var{name} expects an identifier\n\
2135 given as its first argument to be passed on as a plain identifier, not\n\
2136 subjected to name lookup. If this is not defined, the default is\n\
2137 false for all machine-specific attributes.",
2138 bool, (const_tree name),
2139 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
2141 /* Return zero if the attributes on TYPE1 and TYPE2 are incompatible,
2142 one if they are compatible and two if they are nearly compatible
2143 (which causes a warning to be generated). */
2144 DEFHOOK
2145 (comp_type_attributes,
2146 "If defined, this target hook is a function which returns zero if the attributes on\n\
2147 @var{type1} and @var{type2} are incompatible, one if they are compatible,\n\
2148 and two if they are nearly compatible (which causes a warning to be\n\
2149 generated). If this is not defined, machine-specific attributes are\n\
2150 supposed always to be compatible.",
2151 int, (const_tree type1, const_tree type2),
2152 hook_int_const_tree_const_tree_1)
2154 /* Assign default attributes to the newly defined TYPE. */
2155 DEFHOOK
2156 (set_default_type_attributes,
2157 "If defined, this target hook is a function which assigns default attributes to\n\
2158 the newly defined @var{type}.",
2159 void, (tree type),
2160 hook_void_tree)
2162 /* Insert attributes on the newly created DECL. */
2163 DEFHOOK
2164 (insert_attributes,
2165 "Define this target hook if you want to be able to add attributes to a decl\n\
2166 when it is being created. This is normally useful for back ends which\n\
2167 wish to implement a pragma by using the attributes which correspond to\n\
2168 the pragma's effect. The @var{node} argument is the decl which is being\n\
2169 created. The @var{attr_ptr} argument is a pointer to the attribute list\n\
2170 for this decl. The list itself should not be modified, since it may be\n\
2171 shared with other decls, but attributes may be chained on the head of\n\
2172 the list and @code{*@var{attr_ptr}} modified to point to the new\n\
2173 attributes, or a copy of the list may be made if further changes are\n\
2174 needed.",
2175 void, (tree node, tree *attr_ptr),
2176 hook_void_tree_treeptr)
2178 /* Return true if FNDECL (which has at least one machine attribute)
2179 can be inlined despite its machine attributes, false otherwise. */
2180 DEFHOOK
2181 (function_attribute_inlinable_p,
2182 "@cindex inlining\n\
2183 This target hook returns @code{true} if it is OK to inline @var{fndecl}\n\
2184 into the current function, despite its having target-specific\n\
2185 attributes, @code{false} otherwise. By default, if a function has a\n\
2186 target specific attribute attached to it, it will not be inlined.",
2187 bool, (const_tree fndecl),
2188 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
2190 /* Return true if bitfields in RECORD_TYPE should follow the
2191 Microsoft Visual C++ bitfield layout rules. */
2192 DEFHOOK
2193 (ms_bitfield_layout_p,
2194 "This target hook returns @code{true} if bit-fields in the given\n\
2195 @var{record_type} are to be laid out following the rules of Microsoft\n\
2196 Visual C/C++, namely: (i) a bit-field won't share the same storage\n\
2197 unit with the previous bit-field if their underlying types have\n\
2198 different sizes, and the bit-field will be aligned to the highest\n\
2199 alignment of the underlying types of itself and of the previous\n\
2200 bit-field; (ii) a zero-sized bit-field will affect the alignment of\n\
2201 the whole enclosing structure, even if it is unnamed; except that\n\
2202 (iii) a zero-sized bit-field will be disregarded unless it follows\n\
2203 another bit-field of nonzero size. If this hook returns @code{true},\n\
2204 other macros that control bit-field layout are ignored.\n\
2206 When a bit-field is inserted into a packed record, the whole size\n\
2207 of the underlying type is used by one or more same-size adjacent\n\
2208 bit-fields (that is, if its long:3, 32 bits is used in the record,\n\
2209 and any additional adjacent long bit-fields are packed into the same\n\
2210 chunk of 32 bits. However, if the size changes, a new field of that\n\
2211 size is allocated). In an unpacked record, this is the same as using\n\
2212 alignment, but not equivalent when packing.\n\
2214 If both MS bit-fields and @samp{__attribute__((packed))} are used,\n\
2215 the latter will take precedence. If @samp{__attribute__((packed))} is\n\
2216 used on a single field when MS bit-fields are in use, it will take\n\
2217 precedence for that field, but the alignment of the rest of the structure\n\
2218 may affect its placement.",
2219 bool, (const_tree record_type),
2220 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
2222 /* For now this is only an interface to WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN for
2223 target-independent code like the front ends, need performance testing
2224 before switching completely to the target hook. */
2225 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
2226 (words_big_endian,
2228 bool, (void),
2229 targhook_words_big_endian)
2231 /* Likewise for FLOAT_WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN. */
2232 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
2233 (float_words_big_endian,
2235 bool, (void),
2236 targhook_float_words_big_endian)
2238 DEFHOOK
2239 (float_exceptions_rounding_supported_p,
2240 "Returns true if the target supports IEEE 754 floating-point exceptions\
2241 and rounding modes, false otherwise. This is intended to relate to the\
2242 @code{float} and @code{double} types, but not necessarily @code{long double}.\
2243 By default, returns true if the @code{adddf3} instruction pattern is\
2244 available and false otherwise, on the assumption that hardware floating\
2245 point supports exceptions and rounding modes but software floating point\
2246 does not.",
2247 bool, (void),
2248 default_float_exceptions_rounding_supported_p)
2250 /* True if the target supports decimal floating point. */
2251 DEFHOOK
2252 (decimal_float_supported_p,
2253 "Returns true if the target supports decimal floating point.",
2254 bool, (void),
2255 default_decimal_float_supported_p)
2257 /* True if the target supports fixed-point. */
2258 DEFHOOK
2259 (fixed_point_supported_p,
2260 "Returns true if the target supports fixed-point arithmetic.",
2261 bool, (void),
2262 default_fixed_point_supported_p)
2264 /* Return true if anonymous bitfields affect structure alignment. */
2265 DEFHOOK
2266 (align_anon_bitfield,
2267 "When @code{PCC_BITFIELD_TYPE_MATTERS} is true this hook will determine\n\
2268 whether unnamed bitfields affect the alignment of the containing\n\
2269 structure. The hook should return true if the structure should inherit\n\
2270 the alignment requirements of an unnamed bitfield's type.",
2271 bool, (void),
2272 hook_bool_void_false)
2274 /* Return true if volatile bitfields should use the narrowest type possible.
2275 Return false if they should use the container type. */
2276 DEFHOOK
2277 (narrow_volatile_bitfield,
2278 "This target hook should return @code{true} if accesses to volatile bitfields\n\
2279 should use the narrowest mode possible. It should return @code{false} if\n\
2280 these accesses should use the bitfield container type.\n\
2282 The default is @code{false}.",
2283 bool, (void),
2284 hook_bool_void_false)
2286 /* Set up target-specific built-in functions. */
2287 DEFHOOK
2288 (init_builtins,
2289 "Define this hook if you have any machine-specific built-in functions\n\
2290 that need to be defined. It should be a function that performs the\n\
2291 necessary setup.\n\
2293 Machine specific built-in functions can be useful to expand special machine\n\
2294 instructions that would otherwise not normally be generated because\n\
2295 they have no equivalent in the source language (for example, SIMD vector\n\
2296 instructions or prefetch instructions).\n\
2298 To create a built-in function, call the function\n\
2299 @code{lang_hooks.builtin_function}\n\
2300 which is defined by the language front end. You can use any type nodes set\n\
2301 up by @code{build_common_tree_nodes};\n\
2302 only language front ends that use those two functions will call\n\
2303 @samp{TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS}.",
2304 void, (void),
2305 hook_void_void)
2307 /* Initialize (if INITIALIZE_P is true) and return the target-specific
2308 built-in function decl for CODE.
2309 Return NULL if that is not possible. Return error_mark_node if CODE
2310 is outside of the range of valid target builtin function codes. */
2311 DEFHOOK
2312 (builtin_decl,
2313 "Define this hook if you have any machine-specific built-in functions\n\
2314 that need to be defined. It should be a function that returns the\n\
2315 builtin function declaration for the builtin function code @var{code}.\n\
2316 If there is no such builtin and it cannot be initialized at this time\n\
2317 if @var{initialize_p} is true the function should return @code{NULL_TREE}.\n\
2318 If @var{code} is out of range the function should return\n\
2319 @code{error_mark_node}.",
2320 tree, (unsigned code, bool initialize_p), NULL)
2322 /* Expand a target-specific builtin. */
2323 DEFHOOK
2324 (expand_builtin,
2325 "\n\
2326 Expand a call to a machine specific built-in function that was set up by\n\
2327 @samp{TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS}. @var{exp} is the expression for the\n\
2328 function call; the result should go to @var{target} if that is\n\
2329 convenient, and have mode @var{mode} if that is convenient.\n\
2330 @var{subtarget} may be used as the target for computing one of\n\
2331 @var{exp}'s operands. @var{ignore} is nonzero if the value is to be\n\
2332 ignored. This function should return the result of the call to the\n\
2333 built-in function.",
2334 rtx,
2335 (tree exp, rtx target, rtx subtarget, machine_mode mode, int ignore),
2336 default_expand_builtin)
2338 DEFHOOK
2339 (builtin_chkp_function,
2340 "This hook allows target to redefine built-in functions used by\n\
2341 Pointer Bounds Checker for code instrumentation. Hook should return\n\
2342 fndecl of function implementing generic builtin whose code is\n\
2343 passed in @var{fcode}. Currently following built-in functions are\n\
2344 obtained using this hook:\n\
2345 @deftypefn {Built-in Function} __bounds_type __chkp_bndmk (const void *@var{lb}, size_t @var{size})\n\
2346 Function code - BUILT_IN_CHKP_BNDMK. This built-in function is used\n\
2347 by Pointer Bounds Checker to create bound values. @var{lb} holds low\n\
2348 bound of the resulting bounds. @var{size} holds size of created bounds.\n\
2349 @end deftypefn\n\
2351 @deftypefn {Built-in Function} void __chkp_bndstx (const void *@var{ptr}, __bounds_type @var{b}, const void **@var{loc})\n\
2352 Function code - @code{BUILT_IN_CHKP_BNDSTX}. This built-in function is used\n\
2353 by Pointer Bounds Checker to store bounds @var{b} for pointer @var{ptr}\n\
2354 when @var{ptr} is stored by address @var{loc}.\n\
2355 @end deftypefn\n\
2357 @deftypefn {Built-in Function} __bounds_type __chkp_bndldx (const void **@var{loc}, const void *@var{ptr})\n\
2358 Function code - @code{BUILT_IN_CHKP_BNDLDX}. This built-in function is used\n\
2359 by Pointer Bounds Checker to get bounds of pointer @var{ptr} loaded by\n\
2360 address @var{loc}.\n\
2361 @end deftypefn\n\
2363 @deftypefn {Built-in Function} void __chkp_bndcl (const void *@var{ptr}, __bounds_type @var{b})\n\
2364 Function code - @code{BUILT_IN_CHKP_BNDCL}. This built-in function is used\n\
2365 by Pointer Bounds Checker to perform check for pointer @var{ptr} against\n\
2366 lower bound of bounds @var{b}.\n\
2367 @end deftypefn\n\
2369 @deftypefn {Built-in Function} void __chkp_bndcu (const void *@var{ptr}, __bounds_type @var{b})\n\
2370 Function code - @code{BUILT_IN_CHKP_BNDCU}. This built-in function is used\n\
2371 by Pointer Bounds Checker to perform check for pointer @var{ptr} against\n\
2372 upper bound of bounds @var{b}.\n\
2373 @end deftypefn\n\
2375 @deftypefn {Built-in Function} __bounds_type __chkp_bndret (void *@var{ptr})\n\
2376 Function code - @code{BUILT_IN_CHKP_BNDRET}. This built-in function is used\n\
2377 by Pointer Bounds Checker to obtain bounds returned by a call statement.\n\
2378 @var{ptr} passed to built-in is @code{SSA_NAME} returned by the call.\n\
2379 @end deftypefn\n\
2381 @deftypefn {Built-in Function} __bounds_type __chkp_intersect (__bounds_type @var{b1}, __bounds_type @var{b2})\n\
2382 Function code - @code{BUILT_IN_CHKP_INTERSECT}. This built-in function\n\
2383 returns intersection of bounds @var{b1} and @var{b2}.\n\
2384 @end deftypefn\n\
2386 @deftypefn {Built-in Function} __bounds_type __chkp_narrow (const void *@var{ptr}, __bounds_type @var{b}, size_t @var{s})\n\
2387 Function code - @code{BUILT_IN_CHKP_NARROW}. This built-in function\n\
2388 returns intersection of bounds @var{b} and\n\
2389 [@var{ptr}, @var{ptr} + @var{s} - @code{1}].\n\
2390 @end deftypefn\n\
2392 @deftypefn {Built-in Function} size_t __chkp_sizeof (const void *@var{ptr})\n\
2393 Function code - @code{BUILT_IN_CHKP_SIZEOF}. This built-in function\n\
2394 returns size of object referenced by @var{ptr}. @var{ptr} is always\n\
2395 @code{ADDR_EXPR} of @code{VAR_DECL}. This built-in is used by\n\
2396 Pointer Bounds Checker when bounds of object cannot be computed statically\n\
2397 (e.g. object has incomplete type).\n\
2398 @end deftypefn\n\
2400 @deftypefn {Built-in Function} const void *__chkp_extract_lower (__bounds_type @var{b})\n\
2401 Function code - @code{BUILT_IN_CHKP_EXTRACT_LOWER}. This built-in function\n\
2402 returns lower bound of bounds @var{b}.\n\
2403 @end deftypefn\n\
2405 @deftypefn {Built-in Function} const void *__chkp_extract_upper (__bounds_type @var{b})\n\
2406 Function code - @code{BUILT_IN_CHKP_EXTRACT_UPPER}. This built-in function\n\
2407 returns upper bound of bounds @var{b}.\n\
2408 @end deftypefn",
2409 tree, (unsigned fcode),
2410 default_builtin_chkp_function)
2412 DEFHOOK
2413 (chkp_bound_type,
2414 "Return type to be used for bounds",
2415 tree, (void),
2416 default_chkp_bound_type)
2418 DEFHOOK
2419 (chkp_bound_mode,
2420 "Return mode to be used for bounds.",
2421 machine_mode, (void),
2422 default_chkp_bound_mode)
2424 DEFHOOK
2425 (chkp_make_bounds_constant,
2426 "Return constant used to statically initialize constant bounds\n\
2427 with specified lower bound @var{lb} and upper bounds @var{ub}.",
2428 tree, (HOST_WIDE_INT lb, HOST_WIDE_INT ub),
2429 default_chkp_make_bounds_constant)
2431 DEFHOOK
2432 (chkp_initialize_bounds,
2433 "Generate a list of statements @var{stmts} to initialize pointer\n\
2434 bounds variable @var{var} with bounds @var{lb} and @var{ub}. Return\n\
2435 the number of generated statements.",
2436 int, (tree var, tree lb, tree ub, tree *stmts),
2437 default_chkp_initialize_bounds)
2439 /* Select a replacement for a target-specific builtin. This is done
2440 *before* regular type checking, and so allows the target to
2441 implement a crude form of function overloading. The result is a
2442 complete expression that implements the operation. PARAMS really
2443 has type VEC(tree,gc)*, but we don't want to include tree.h here. */
2444 DEFHOOK
2445 (resolve_overloaded_builtin,
2446 "Select a replacement for a machine specific built-in function that\n\
2447 was set up by @samp{TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS}. This is done\n\
2448 @emph{before} regular type checking, and so allows the target to\n\
2449 implement a crude form of function overloading. @var{fndecl} is the\n\
2450 declaration of the built-in function. @var{arglist} is the list of\n\
2451 arguments passed to the built-in function. The result is a\n\
2452 complete expression that implements the operation, usually\n\
2453 another @code{CALL_EXPR}.\n\
2454 @var{arglist} really has type @samp{VEC(tree,gc)*}",
2455 tree, (unsigned int /*location_t*/ loc, tree fndecl, void *arglist), NULL)
2457 /* Fold a target-specific builtin to a tree valid for both GIMPLE
2458 and GENERIC. */
2459 DEFHOOK
2460 (fold_builtin,
2461 "Fold a call to a machine specific built-in function that was set up by\n\
2462 @samp{TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS}. @var{fndecl} is the declaration of the\n\
2463 built-in function. @var{n_args} is the number of arguments passed to\n\
2464 the function; the arguments themselves are pointed to by @var{argp}.\n\
2465 The result is another tree, valid for both GIMPLE and GENERIC,\n\
2466 containing a simplified expression for the call's result. If\n\
2467 @var{ignore} is true the value will be ignored.",
2468 tree, (tree fndecl, int n_args, tree *argp, bool ignore),
2469 hook_tree_tree_int_treep_bool_null)
2471 /* Fold a target-specific builtin to a valid GIMPLE tree. */
2472 DEFHOOK
2473 (gimple_fold_builtin,
2474 "Fold a call to a machine specific built-in function that was set up\n\
2475 by @samp{TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS}. @var{gsi} points to the gimple\n\
2476 statement holding the function call. Returns true if any change\n\
2477 was made to the GIMPLE stream.",
2478 bool, (gimple_stmt_iterator *gsi),
2479 hook_bool_gsiptr_false)
2481 /* Target hook is used to compare the target attributes in two functions to
2482 determine which function's features get higher priority. This is used
2483 during function multi-versioning to figure out the order in which two
2484 versions must be dispatched. A function version with a higher priority
2485 is checked for dispatching earlier. DECL1 and DECL2 are
2486 the two function decls that will be compared. It returns positive value
2487 if DECL1 is higher priority, negative value if DECL2 is higher priority
2488 and 0 if they are the same. */
2489 DEFHOOK
2490 (compare_version_priority,
2491 "This hook is used to compare the target attributes in two functions to\n\
2492 determine which function's features get higher priority. This is used\n\
2493 during function multi-versioning to figure out the order in which two\n\
2494 versions must be dispatched. A function version with a higher priority\n\
2495 is checked for dispatching earlier. @var{decl1} and @var{decl2} are\n\
2496 the two function decls that will be compared.",
2497 int, (tree decl1, tree decl2), NULL)
2499 /* Target hook is used to generate the dispatcher logic to invoke the right
2500 function version at run-time for a given set of function versions.
2501 ARG points to the callgraph node of the dispatcher function whose body
2502 must be generated. */
2503 DEFHOOK
2504 (generate_version_dispatcher_body,
2505 "This hook is used to generate the dispatcher logic to invoke the right\n\
2506 function version at run-time for a given set of function versions.\n\
2507 @var{arg} points to the callgraph node of the dispatcher function whose\n\
2508 body must be generated.",
2509 tree, (void *arg), NULL)
2511 /* Target hook is used to get the dispatcher function for a set of function
2512 versions. The dispatcher function is called to invoke the right function
2513 version at run-time. DECL is one version from a set of semantically
2514 identical versions. */
2515 DEFHOOK
2516 (get_function_versions_dispatcher,
2517 "This hook is used to get the dispatcher function for a set of function\n\
2518 versions. The dispatcher function is called to invoke the right function\n\
2519 version at run-time. @var{decl} is one version from a set of semantically\n\
2520 identical versions.",
2521 tree, (void *decl), NULL)
2523 /* Returns a code for a target-specific builtin that implements
2524 reciprocal of a target-specific function, or NULL_TREE if not available. */
2525 DEFHOOK
2526 (builtin_reciprocal,
2527 "This hook should return the DECL of a function that implements the\n\
2528 reciprocal of the machine-specific builtin function @var{fndecl}, or\n\
2529 @code{NULL_TREE} if such a function is not available.",
2530 tree, (tree fndecl),
2531 default_builtin_reciprocal)
2533 /* For a vendor-specific TYPE, return a pointer to a statically-allocated
2534 string containing the C++ mangling for TYPE. In all other cases, return
2535 NULL. */
2536 DEFHOOK
2537 (mangle_type,
2538 "If your target defines any fundamental types, or any types your target\n\
2539 uses should be mangled differently from the default, define this hook\n\
2540 to return the appropriate encoding for these types as part of a C++\n\
2541 mangled name. The @var{type} argument is the tree structure representing\n\
2542 the type to be mangled. The hook may be applied to trees which are\n\
2543 not target-specific fundamental types; it should return @code{NULL}\n\
2544 for all such types, as well as arguments it does not recognize. If the\n\
2545 return value is not @code{NULL}, it must point to a statically-allocated\n\
2546 string constant.\n\
2548 Target-specific fundamental types might be new fundamental types or\n\
2549 qualified versions of ordinary fundamental types. Encode new\n\
2550 fundamental types as @samp{@w{u @var{n} @var{name}}}, where @var{name}\n\
2551 is the name used for the type in source code, and @var{n} is the\n\
2552 length of @var{name} in decimal. Encode qualified versions of\n\
2553 ordinary types as @samp{@w{U @var{n} @var{name} @var{code}}}, where\n\
2554 @var{name} is the name used for the type qualifier in source code,\n\
2555 @var{n} is the length of @var{name} as above, and @var{code} is the\n\
2556 code used to represent the unqualified version of this type. (See\n\
2557 @code{write_builtin_type} in @file{cp/mangle.c} for the list of\n\
2558 codes.) In both cases the spaces are for clarity; do not include any\n\
2559 spaces in your string.\n\
2561 This hook is applied to types prior to typedef resolution. If the mangled\n\
2562 name for a particular type depends only on that type's main variant, you\n\
2563 can perform typedef resolution yourself using @code{TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT}\n\
2564 before mangling.\n\
2566 The default version of this hook always returns @code{NULL}, which is\n\
2567 appropriate for a target that does not define any new fundamental\n\
2568 types.",
2569 const char *, (const_tree type),
2570 hook_constcharptr_const_tree_null)
2572 /* Make any adjustments to libfunc names needed for this target. */
2573 DEFHOOK
2574 (init_libfuncs,
2575 "This hook should declare additional library routines or rename\n\
2576 existing ones, using the functions @code{set_optab_libfunc} and\n\
2577 @code{init_one_libfunc} defined in @file{optabs.c}.\n\
2578 @code{init_optabs} calls this macro after initializing all the normal\n\
2579 library routines.\n\
2581 The default is to do nothing. Most ports don't need to define this hook.",
2582 void, (void),
2583 hook_void_void)
2585 /* Add a __gnu_ prefix to library functions rather than just __. */
2586 DEFHOOKPOD
2587 (libfunc_gnu_prefix,
2588 "If false (the default), internal library routines start with two\n\
2589 underscores. If set to true, these routines start with @code{__gnu_}\n\
2590 instead. E.g., @code{__muldi3} changes to @code{__gnu_muldi3}. This\n\
2591 currently only affects functions defined in @file{libgcc2.c}. If this\n\
2592 is set to true, the @file{tm.h} file must also\n\
2593 @code{#define LIBGCC2_GNU_PREFIX}.",
2594 bool, false)
2596 /* Given a decl, a section name, and whether the decl initializer
2597 has relocs, choose attributes for the section. */
2598 /* ??? Should be merged with SELECT_SECTION and UNIQUE_SECTION. */
2599 DEFHOOK
2600 (section_type_flags,
2601 "Choose a set of section attributes for use by @code{TARGET_ASM_NAMED_SECTION}\n\
2602 based on a variable or function decl, a section name, and whether or not the\n\
2603 declaration's initializer may contain runtime relocations. @var{decl} may be\n\
2604 null, in which case read-write data should be assumed.\n\
2606 The default version of this function handles choosing code vs data,\n\
2607 read-only vs read-write data, and @code{flag_pic}. You should only\n\
2608 need to override this if your target has special flags that might be\n\
2609 set via @code{__attribute__}.",
2610 unsigned int, (tree decl, const char *name, int reloc),
2611 default_section_type_flags)
2613 DEFHOOK
2614 (libc_has_function,
2615 "This hook determines whether a function from a class of functions\n\
2616 @var{fn_class} is present at the runtime.",
2617 bool, (enum function_class fn_class),
2618 default_libc_has_function)
2620 /* True if new jumps cannot be created, to replace existing ones or
2621 not, at the current point in the compilation. */
2622 DEFHOOK
2623 (cannot_modify_jumps_p,
2624 "This target hook returns @code{true} past the point in which new jump\n\
2625 instructions could be created. On machines that require a register for\n\
2626 every jump such as the SHmedia ISA of SH5, this point would typically be\n\
2627 reload, so this target hook should be defined to a function such as:\n\
2629 @smallexample\n\
2630 static bool\n\
2631 cannot_modify_jumps_past_reload_p ()\n\
2632 @{\n\
2633 return (reload_completed || reload_in_progress);\n\
2634 @}\n\
2635 @end smallexample",
2636 bool, (void),
2637 hook_bool_void_false)
2639 /* True if FOLLOWER may be modified to follow FOLLOWEE. */
2640 DEFHOOK
2641 (can_follow_jump,
2642 "FOLLOWER and FOLLOWEE are JUMP_INSN instructions;\
2643 return true if FOLLOWER may be modified to follow FOLLOWEE;\
2644 false, if it can't.\
2645 For example, on some targets, certain kinds of branches can't be made to\
2646 follow through a hot/cold partitioning.",
2647 bool, (const rtx_insn *follower, const rtx_insn *followee),
2648 hook_bool_const_rtx_insn_const_rtx_insn_true)
2650 /* Return a register class for which branch target register
2651 optimizations should be applied. */
2652 DEFHOOK
2653 (branch_target_register_class,
2654 "This target hook returns a register class for which branch target register\n\
2655 optimizations should be applied. All registers in this class should be\n\
2656 usable interchangeably. After reload, registers in this class will be\n\
2657 re-allocated and loads will be hoisted out of loops and be subjected\n\
2658 to inter-block scheduling.",
2659 reg_class_t, (void),
2660 default_branch_target_register_class)
2662 /* Return true if branch target register optimizations should include
2663 callee-saved registers that are not already live during the current
2664 function. AFTER_PE_GEN is true if prologues and epilogues have
2665 already been generated. */
2666 DEFHOOK
2667 (branch_target_register_callee_saved,
2668 "Branch target register optimization will by default exclude callee-saved\n\
2669 registers\n\
2670 that are not already live during the current function; if this target hook\n\
2671 returns true, they will be included. The target code must than make sure\n\
2672 that all target registers in the class returned by\n\
2673 @samp{TARGET_BRANCH_TARGET_REGISTER_CLASS} that might need saving are\n\
2674 saved. @var{after_prologue_epilogue_gen} indicates if prologues and\n\
2675 epilogues have already been generated. Note, even if you only return\n\
2676 true when @var{after_prologue_epilogue_gen} is false, you still are likely\n\
2677 to have to make special provisions in @code{INITIAL_ELIMINATION_OFFSET}\n\
2678 to reserve space for caller-saved target registers.",
2679 bool, (bool after_prologue_epilogue_gen),
2680 hook_bool_bool_false)
2682 /* Return true if the target supports conditional execution. */
2683 DEFHOOK
2684 (have_conditional_execution,
2685 "This target hook returns true if the target supports conditional execution.\n\
2686 This target hook is required only when the target has several different\n\
2687 modes and they have different conditional execution capability, such as ARM.",
2688 bool, (void),
2689 default_have_conditional_execution)
2691 DEFHOOK
2692 (gen_ccmp_first,
2693 "This function prepares to emit a comparison insn for the first compare in a\n\
2694 sequence of conditional comparisions. It returns an appropriate comparison\n\
2695 with @code{CC} for passing to @code{gen_ccmp_next} or @code{cbranch_optab}.\n\
2696 The insns to prepare the compare are saved in @var{prep_seq} and the compare\n\
2697 insns are saved in @var{gen_seq}. They will be emitted when all the\n\
2698 compares in the the conditional comparision are generated without error.\n\
2699 @var{code} is the @code{rtx_code} of the compare for @var{op0} and @var{op1}.",
2700 rtx, (rtx_insn **prep_seq, rtx_insn **gen_seq, int code, tree op0, tree op1),
2701 NULL)
2703 DEFHOOK
2704 (gen_ccmp_next,
2705 "This function prepares to emit a conditional comparison within a sequence\n\
2706 of conditional comparisons. It returns an appropriate comparison with\n\
2707 @code{CC} for passing to @code{gen_ccmp_next} or @code{cbranch_optab}.\n\
2708 The insns to prepare the compare are saved in @var{prep_seq} and the compare\n\
2709 insns are saved in @var{gen_seq}. They will be emitted when all the\n\
2710 compares in the conditional comparision are generated without error. The\n\
2711 @var{prev} expression is the result of a prior call to @code{gen_ccmp_first}\n\
2712 or @code{gen_ccmp_next}. It may return @code{NULL} if the combination of\n\
2713 @var{prev} and this comparison is not supported, otherwise the result must\n\
2714 be appropriate for passing to @code{gen_ccmp_next} or @code{cbranch_optab}.\n\
2715 @var{code} is the @code{rtx_code} of the compare for @var{op0} and @var{op1}.\n\
2716 @var{bit_code} is @code{AND} or @code{IOR}, which is the op on the compares.",
2717 rtx, (rtx_insn **prep_seq, rtx_insn **gen_seq, rtx prev, int cmp_code, tree op0, tree op1, int bit_code),
2718 NULL)
2720 /* Return a new value for loop unroll size. */
2721 DEFHOOK
2722 (loop_unroll_adjust,
2723 "This target hook returns a new value for the number of times @var{loop}\n\
2724 should be unrolled. The parameter @var{nunroll} is the number of times\n\
2725 the loop is to be unrolled. The parameter @var{loop} is a pointer to\n\
2726 the loop, which is going to be checked for unrolling. This target hook\n\
2727 is required only when the target has special constraints like maximum\n\
2728 number of memory accesses.",
2729 unsigned, (unsigned nunroll, struct loop *loop),
2730 NULL)
2732 /* True if X is a legitimate MODE-mode immediate operand. */
2733 DEFHOOK
2734 (legitimate_constant_p,
2735 "This hook returns true if @var{x} is a legitimate constant for a\n\
2736 @var{mode}-mode immediate operand on the target machine. You can assume that\n\
2737 @var{x} satisfies @code{CONSTANT_P}, so you need not check this.\n\
2739 The default definition returns true.",
2740 bool, (machine_mode mode, rtx x),
2741 hook_bool_mode_rtx_true)
2743 /* True if the constant X cannot be placed in the constant pool. */
2744 DEFHOOK
2745 (cannot_force_const_mem,
2746 "This hook should return true if @var{x} is of a form that cannot (or\n\
2747 should not) be spilled to the constant pool. @var{mode} is the mode\n\
2748 of @var{x}.\n\
2750 The default version of this hook returns false.\n\
2752 The primary reason to define this hook is to prevent reload from\n\
2753 deciding that a non-legitimate constant would be better reloaded\n\
2754 from the constant pool instead of spilling and reloading a register\n\
2755 holding the constant. This restriction is often true of addresses\n\
2756 of TLS symbols for various targets.",
2757 bool, (machine_mode mode, rtx x),
2758 hook_bool_mode_rtx_false)
2760 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
2761 (cannot_copy_insn_p,
2762 "True if the insn @var{x} cannot be duplicated.",
2763 bool, (rtx_insn *), NULL)
2765 /* True if X is considered to be commutative. */
2766 DEFHOOK
2767 (commutative_p,
2768 "This target hook returns @code{true} if @var{x} is considered to be commutative.\n\
2769 Usually, this is just COMMUTATIVE_P (@var{x}), but the HP PA doesn't consider\n\
2770 PLUS to be commutative inside a MEM@. @var{outer_code} is the rtx code\n\
2771 of the enclosing rtl, if known, otherwise it is UNKNOWN.",
2772 bool, (const_rtx x, int outer_code),
2773 hook_bool_const_rtx_commutative_p)
2775 /* True if ADDR is an address-expression whose effect depends
2776 on the mode of the memory reference it is used in. */
2777 DEFHOOK
2778 (mode_dependent_address_p,
2779 "This hook returns @code{true} if memory address @var{addr} in address\n\
2780 space @var{addrspace} can have\n\
2781 different meanings depending on the machine mode of the memory\n\
2782 reference it is used for or if the address is valid for some modes\n\
2783 but not others.\n\
2785 Autoincrement and autodecrement addresses typically have mode-dependent\n\
2786 effects because the amount of the increment or decrement is the size\n\
2787 of the operand being addressed. Some machines have other mode-dependent\n\
2788 addresses. Many RISC machines have no mode-dependent addresses.\n\
2790 You may assume that @var{addr} is a valid address for the machine.\n\
2792 The default version of this hook returns @code{false}.",
2793 bool, (const_rtx addr, addr_space_t addrspace),
2794 default_mode_dependent_address_p)
2796 /* Given an invalid address X for a given machine mode, try machine-specific
2797 ways to make it legitimate. Return X or an invalid address on failure. */
2798 DEFHOOK
2799 (legitimize_address,
2800 "This hook is given an invalid memory address @var{x} for an\n\
2801 operand of mode @var{mode} and should try to return a valid memory\n\
2802 address.\n\
2804 @findex break_out_memory_refs\n\
2805 @var{x} will always be the result of a call to @code{break_out_memory_refs},\n\
2806 and @var{oldx} will be the operand that was given to that function to produce\n\
2807 @var{x}.\n\
2809 The code of the hook should not alter the substructure of\n\
2810 @var{x}. If it transforms @var{x} into a more legitimate form, it\n\
2811 should return the new @var{x}.\n\
2813 It is not necessary for this hook to come up with a legitimate address,\n\
2814 with the exception of native TLS addresses (@pxref{Emulated TLS}).\n\
2815 The compiler has standard ways of doing so in all cases. In fact, if\n\
2816 the target supports only emulated TLS, it\n\
2817 is safe to omit this hook or make it return @var{x} if it cannot find\n\
2818 a valid way to legitimize the address. But often a machine-dependent\n\
2819 strategy can generate better code.",
2820 rtx, (rtx x, rtx oldx, machine_mode mode),
2821 default_legitimize_address)
2823 /* Given an address RTX, undo the effects of LEGITIMIZE_ADDRESS. */
2824 DEFHOOK
2825 (delegitimize_address,
2826 "This hook is used to undo the possibly obfuscating effects of the\n\
2827 @code{LEGITIMIZE_ADDRESS} and @code{LEGITIMIZE_RELOAD_ADDRESS} target\n\
2828 macros. Some backend implementations of these macros wrap symbol\n\
2829 references inside an @code{UNSPEC} rtx to represent PIC or similar\n\
2830 addressing modes. This target hook allows GCC's optimizers to understand\n\
2831 the semantics of these opaque @code{UNSPEC}s by converting them back\n\
2832 into their original form.",
2833 rtx, (rtx x),
2834 delegitimize_mem_from_attrs)
2836 /* Given an RTX, return true if it is not ok to emit it into debug info
2837 section. */
2838 DEFHOOK
2839 (const_not_ok_for_debug_p,
2840 "This hook should return true if @var{x} should not be emitted into\n\
2841 debug sections.",
2842 bool, (rtx x),
2843 default_const_not_ok_for_debug_p)
2845 /* Given an address RTX, say whether it is valid. */
2846 DEFHOOK
2847 (legitimate_address_p,
2848 "A function that returns whether @var{x} (an RTX) is a legitimate memory\n\
2849 address on the target machine for a memory operand of mode @var{mode}.\n\
2851 Legitimate addresses are defined in two variants: a strict variant and a\n\
2852 non-strict one. The @var{strict} parameter chooses which variant is\n\
2853 desired by the caller.\n\
2855 The strict variant is used in the reload pass. It must be defined so\n\
2856 that any pseudo-register that has not been allocated a hard register is\n\
2857 considered a memory reference. This is because in contexts where some\n\
2858 kind of register is required, a pseudo-register with no hard register\n\
2859 must be rejected. For non-hard registers, the strict variant should look\n\
2860 up the @code{reg_renumber} array; it should then proceed using the hard\n\
2861 register number in the array, or treat the pseudo as a memory reference\n\
2862 if the array holds @code{-1}.\n\
2864 The non-strict variant is used in other passes. It must be defined to\n\
2865 accept all pseudo-registers in every context where some kind of\n\
2866 register is required.\n\
2868 Normally, constant addresses which are the sum of a @code{symbol_ref}\n\
2869 and an integer are stored inside a @code{const} RTX to mark them as\n\
2870 constant. Therefore, there is no need to recognize such sums\n\
2871 specifically as legitimate addresses. Normally you would simply\n\
2872 recognize any @code{const} as legitimate.\n\
2874 Usually @code{PRINT_OPERAND_ADDRESS} is not prepared to handle constant\n\
2875 sums that are not marked with @code{const}. It assumes that a naked\n\
2876 @code{plus} indicates indexing. If so, then you @emph{must} reject such\n\
2877 naked constant sums as illegitimate addresses, so that none of them will\n\
2878 be given to @code{PRINT_OPERAND_ADDRESS}.\n\
2880 @cindex @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO} and address validation\n\
2881 On some machines, whether a symbolic address is legitimate depends on\n\
2882 the section that the address refers to. On these machines, define the\n\
2883 target hook @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO} to store the information\n\
2884 into the @code{symbol_ref}, and then check for it here. When you see a\n\
2885 @code{const}, you will have to look inside it to find the\n\
2886 @code{symbol_ref} in order to determine the section. @xref{Assembler\n\
2887 Format}.\n\
2889 @cindex @code{GO_IF_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS}\n\
2890 Some ports are still using a deprecated legacy substitute for\n\
2891 this hook, the @code{GO_IF_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS} macro. This macro\n\
2892 has this syntax:\n\
2894 @example\n\
2895 #define GO_IF_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS (@var{mode}, @var{x}, @var{label})\n\
2896 @end example\n\
2898 @noindent\n\
2899 and should @code{goto @var{label}} if the address @var{x} is a valid\n\
2900 address on the target machine for a memory operand of mode @var{mode}.\n\
2902 @findex REG_OK_STRICT\n\
2903 Compiler source files that want to use the strict variant of this\n\
2904 macro define the macro @code{REG_OK_STRICT}. You should use an\n\
2905 @code{#ifdef REG_OK_STRICT} conditional to define the strict variant in\n\
2906 that case and the non-strict variant otherwise.\n\
2908 Using the hook is usually simpler because it limits the number of\n\
2909 files that are recompiled when changes are made.",
2910 bool, (machine_mode mode, rtx x, bool strict),
2911 default_legitimate_address_p)
2913 /* True if the given constant can be put into an object_block. */
2914 DEFHOOK
2915 (use_blocks_for_constant_p,
2916 "This hook should return true if pool entries for constant @var{x} can\n\
2917 be placed in an @code{object_block} structure. @var{mode} is the mode\n\
2918 of @var{x}.\n\
2920 The default version returns false for all constants.",
2921 bool, (machine_mode mode, const_rtx x),
2922 hook_bool_mode_const_rtx_false)
2924 /* True if the given decl can be put into an object_block. */
2925 DEFHOOK
2926 (use_blocks_for_decl_p,
2927 "This hook should return true if pool entries for @var{decl} should\n\
2928 be placed in an @code{object_block} structure.\n\
2930 The default version returns true for all decls.",
2931 bool, (const_tree decl),
2932 hook_bool_const_tree_true)
2934 /* The minimum and maximum byte offsets for anchored addresses. */
2935 DEFHOOKPOD
2936 (min_anchor_offset,
2937 "The minimum offset that should be applied to a section anchor.\n\
2938 On most targets, it should be the smallest offset that can be\n\
2939 applied to a base register while still giving a legitimate address\n\
2940 for every mode. The default value is 0.",
2941 HOST_WIDE_INT, 0)
2943 DEFHOOKPOD
2944 (max_anchor_offset,
2945 "Like @code{TARGET_MIN_ANCHOR_OFFSET}, but the maximum (inclusive)\n\
2946 offset that should be applied to section anchors. The default\n\
2947 value is 0.",
2948 HOST_WIDE_INT, 0)
2950 /* True if section anchors can be used to access the given symbol. */
2951 DEFHOOK
2952 (use_anchors_for_symbol_p,
2953 "Return true if GCC should attempt to use anchors to access @code{SYMBOL_REF}\n\
2954 @var{x}. You can assume @samp{SYMBOL_REF_HAS_BLOCK_INFO_P (@var{x})} and\n\
2955 @samp{!SYMBOL_REF_ANCHOR_P (@var{x})}.\n\
2957 The default version is correct for most targets, but you might need to\n\
2958 intercept this hook to handle things like target-specific attributes\n\
2959 or target-specific sections.",
2960 bool, (const_rtx x),
2961 default_use_anchors_for_symbol_p)
2963 /* True if target supports indirect functions. */
2964 DEFHOOK
2965 (has_ifunc_p,
2966 "It returns true if the target supports GNU indirect functions.\n\
2967 The support includes the assembler, linker and dynamic linker.\n\
2968 The default value of this hook is based on target's libc.",
2969 bool, (void),
2970 default_has_ifunc_p)
2972 /* True if it is OK to do sibling call optimization for the specified
2973 call expression EXP. DECL will be the called function, or NULL if
2974 this is an indirect call. */
2975 DEFHOOK
2976 (function_ok_for_sibcall,
2977 "True if it is OK to do sibling call optimization for the specified\n\
2978 call expression @var{exp}. @var{decl} will be the called function,\n\
2979 or @code{NULL} if this is an indirect call.\n\
2981 It is not uncommon for limitations of calling conventions to prevent\n\
2982 tail calls to functions outside the current unit of translation, or\n\
2983 during PIC compilation. The hook is used to enforce these restrictions,\n\
2984 as the @code{sibcall} md pattern can not fail, or fall over to a\n\
2985 ``normal'' call. The criteria for successful sibling call optimization\n\
2986 may vary greatly between different architectures.",
2987 bool, (tree decl, tree exp),
2988 hook_bool_tree_tree_false)
2990 /* Establish appropriate back-end context for processing the function
2991 FNDECL. The argument might be NULL to indicate processing at top
2992 level, outside of any function scope. */
2993 DEFHOOK
2994 (set_current_function,
2995 "The compiler invokes this hook whenever it changes its current function\n\
2996 context (@code{cfun}). You can define this function if\n\
2997 the back end needs to perform any initialization or reset actions on a\n\
2998 per-function basis. For example, it may be used to implement function\n\
2999 attributes that affect register usage or code generation patterns.\n\
3000 The argument @var{decl} is the declaration for the new function context,\n\
3001 and may be null to indicate that the compiler has left a function context\n\
3002 and is returning to processing at the top level.\n\
3003 The default hook function does nothing.\n\
3005 GCC sets @code{cfun} to a dummy function context during initialization of\n\
3006 some parts of the back end. The hook function is not invoked in this\n\
3007 situation; you need not worry about the hook being invoked recursively,\n\
3008 or when the back end is in a partially-initialized state.\n\
3009 @code{cfun} might be @code{NULL} to indicate processing at top level,\n\
3010 outside of any function scope.",
3011 void, (tree decl), hook_void_tree)
3013 /* True if EXP should be placed in a "small data" section. */
3014 DEFHOOK
3015 (in_small_data_p,
3016 "Returns true if @var{exp} should be placed into a ``small data'' section.\n\
3017 The default version of this hook always returns false.",
3018 bool, (const_tree exp),
3019 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
3021 /* True if EXP names an object for which name resolution must resolve
3022 to the current executable or shared library. */
3023 DEFHOOK
3024 (binds_local_p,
3025 "Returns true if @var{exp} names an object for which name resolution\n\
3026 rules must resolve to the current ``module'' (dynamic shared library\n\
3027 or executable image).\n\
3029 The default version of this hook implements the name resolution rules\n\
3030 for ELF, which has a looser model of global name binding than other\n\
3031 currently supported object file formats.",
3032 bool, (const_tree exp),
3033 default_binds_local_p)
3035 /* Check if profiling code is before or after prologue. */
3036 DEFHOOK
3037 (profile_before_prologue,
3038 "It returns true if target wants profile code emitted before prologue.\n\n\
3039 The default version of this hook use the target macro\n\
3040 @code{PROFILE_BEFORE_PROLOGUE}.",
3041 bool, (void),
3042 default_profile_before_prologue)
3044 /* Return true if a leaf function should stay leaf even with profiling
3045 enabled. */
3046 DEFHOOK
3047 (keep_leaf_when_profiled,
3048 "This target hook returns true if the target wants the leaf flag for\
3049 the current function to stay true even if it calls mcount. This might\
3050 make sense for targets using the leaf flag only to determine whether a\
3051 stack frame needs to be generated or not and for which the call to\
3052 mcount is generated before the function prologue.",
3053 bool, (void),
3054 default_keep_leaf_when_profiled)
3056 /* Modify and return the identifier of a DECL's external name,
3057 originally identified by ID, as required by the target,
3058 (eg, append @nn to windows32 stdcall function names).
3059 The default is to return ID without modification. */
3060 DEFHOOK
3061 (mangle_decl_assembler_name,
3062 "Define this hook if you need to postprocess the assembler name generated\n\
3063 by target-independent code. The @var{id} provided to this hook will be\n\
3064 the computed name (e.g., the macro @code{DECL_NAME} of the @var{decl} in C,\n\
3065 or the mangled name of the @var{decl} in C++). The return value of the\n\
3066 hook is an @code{IDENTIFIER_NODE} for the appropriate mangled name on\n\
3067 your target system. The default implementation of this hook just\n\
3068 returns the @var{id} provided.",
3069 tree, (tree decl, tree id),
3070 default_mangle_decl_assembler_name)
3072 /* Do something target-specific to record properties of the DECL into
3073 the associated SYMBOL_REF. */
3074 DEFHOOK
3075 (encode_section_info,
3076 "Define this hook if references to a symbol or a constant must be\n\
3077 treated differently depending on something about the variable or\n\
3078 function named by the symbol (such as what section it is in).\n\
3080 The hook is executed immediately after rtl has been created for\n\
3081 @var{decl}, which may be a variable or function declaration or\n\
3082 an entry in the constant pool. In either case, @var{rtl} is the\n\
3083 rtl in question. Do @emph{not} use @code{DECL_RTL (@var{decl})}\n\
3084 in this hook; that field may not have been initialized yet.\n\
3086 In the case of a constant, it is safe to assume that the rtl is\n\
3087 a @code{mem} whose address is a @code{symbol_ref}. Most decls\n\
3088 will also have this form, but that is not guaranteed. Global\n\
3089 register variables, for instance, will have a @code{reg} for their\n\
3090 rtl. (Normally the right thing to do with such unusual rtl is\n\
3091 leave it alone.)\n\
3093 The @var{new_decl_p} argument will be true if this is the first time\n\
3094 that @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO} has been invoked on this decl. It will\n\
3095 be false for subsequent invocations, which will happen for duplicate\n\
3096 declarations. Whether or not anything must be done for the duplicate\n\
3097 declaration depends on whether the hook examines @code{DECL_ATTRIBUTES}.\n\
3098 @var{new_decl_p} is always true when the hook is called for a constant.\n\
3100 @cindex @code{SYMBOL_REF_FLAG}, in @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO}\n\
3101 The usual thing for this hook to do is to record flags in the\n\
3102 @code{symbol_ref}, using @code{SYMBOL_REF_FLAG} or @code{SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS}.\n\
3103 Historically, the name string was modified if it was necessary to\n\
3104 encode more than one bit of information, but this practice is now\n\
3105 discouraged; use @code{SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS}.\n\
3107 The default definition of this hook, @code{default_encode_section_info}\n\
3108 in @file{varasm.c}, sets a number of commonly-useful bits in\n\
3109 @code{SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS}. Check whether the default does what you need\n\
3110 before overriding it.",
3111 void, (tree decl, rtx rtl, int new_decl_p),
3112 default_encode_section_info)
3114 /* Undo the effects of encode_section_info on the symbol string. */
3115 DEFHOOK
3116 (strip_name_encoding,
3117 "Decode @var{name} and return the real name part, sans\n\
3118 the characters that @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO}\n\
3119 may have added.",
3120 const char *, (const char *name),
3121 default_strip_name_encoding)
3123 /* If shift optabs for MODE are known to always truncate the shift count,
3124 return the mask that they apply. Return 0 otherwise. */
3125 DEFHOOK
3126 (shift_truncation_mask,
3127 "This function describes how the standard shift patterns for @var{mode}\n\
3128 deal with shifts by negative amounts or by more than the width of the mode.\n\
3129 @xref{shift patterns}.\n\
3131 On many machines, the shift patterns will apply a mask @var{m} to the\n\
3132 shift count, meaning that a fixed-width shift of @var{x} by @var{y} is\n\
3133 equivalent to an arbitrary-width shift of @var{x} by @var{y & m}. If\n\
3134 this is true for mode @var{mode}, the function should return @var{m},\n\
3135 otherwise it should return 0. A return value of 0 indicates that no\n\
3136 particular behavior is guaranteed.\n\
3138 Note that, unlike @code{SHIFT_COUNT_TRUNCATED}, this function does\n\
3139 @emph{not} apply to general shift rtxes; it applies only to instructions\n\
3140 that are generated by the named shift patterns.\n\
3142 The default implementation of this function returns\n\
3143 @code{GET_MODE_BITSIZE (@var{mode}) - 1} if @code{SHIFT_COUNT_TRUNCATED}\n\
3144 and 0 otherwise. This definition is always safe, but if\n\
3145 @code{SHIFT_COUNT_TRUNCATED} is false, and some shift patterns\n\
3146 nevertheless truncate the shift count, you may get better code\n\
3147 by overriding it.",
3148 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, (machine_mode mode),
3149 default_shift_truncation_mask)
3151 /* Return the number of divisions in the given MODE that should be present,
3152 so that it is profitable to turn the division into a multiplication by
3153 the reciprocal. */
3154 DEFHOOK
3155 (min_divisions_for_recip_mul,
3156 "When @option{-ffast-math} is in effect, GCC tries to optimize\n\
3157 divisions by the same divisor, by turning them into multiplications by\n\
3158 the reciprocal. This target hook specifies the minimum number of divisions\n\
3159 that should be there for GCC to perform the optimization for a variable\n\
3160 of mode @var{mode}. The default implementation returns 3 if the machine\n\
3161 has an instruction for the division, and 2 if it does not.",
3162 unsigned int, (machine_mode mode),
3163 default_min_divisions_for_recip_mul)
3165 DEFHOOK
3166 (truly_noop_truncation,
3167 "This hook returns true if it is safe to ``convert'' a value of\n\
3168 @var{inprec} bits to one of @var{outprec} bits (where @var{outprec} is\n\
3169 smaller than @var{inprec}) by merely operating on it as if it had only\n\
3170 @var{outprec} bits. The default returns true unconditionally, which\n\
3171 is correct for most machines.\n\
3173 If @code{TARGET_MODES_TIEABLE_P} returns false for a pair of modes,\n\
3174 suboptimal code can result if this hook returns true for the corresponding\n\
3175 mode sizes. Making this hook return false in such cases may improve things.",
3176 bool, (poly_uint64 outprec, poly_uint64 inprec),
3177 hook_bool_puint64_puint64_true)
3179 /* If the representation of integral MODE is such that values are
3180 always sign-extended to a wider mode MODE_REP then return
3181 SIGN_EXTEND. Return UNKNOWN otherwise. */
3182 /* Note that the return type ought to be RTX_CODE, but that's not
3183 necessarily defined at this point. */
3184 DEFHOOK
3185 (mode_rep_extended,
3186 "The representation of an integral mode can be such that the values\n\
3187 are always extended to a wider integral mode. Return\n\
3188 @code{SIGN_EXTEND} if values of @var{mode} are represented in\n\
3189 sign-extended form to @var{rep_mode}. Return @code{UNKNOWN}\n\
3190 otherwise. (Currently, none of the targets use zero-extended\n\
3191 representation this way so unlike @code{LOAD_EXTEND_OP},\n\
3192 @code{TARGET_MODE_REP_EXTENDED} is expected to return either\n\
3193 @code{SIGN_EXTEND} or @code{UNKNOWN}. Also no target extends\n\
3194 @var{mode} to @var{rep_mode} so that @var{rep_mode} is not the next\n\
3195 widest integral mode and currently we take advantage of this fact.)\n\
3197 Similarly to @code{LOAD_EXTEND_OP} you may return a non-@code{UNKNOWN}\n\
3198 value even if the extension is not performed on certain hard registers\n\
3199 as long as for the @code{REGNO_REG_CLASS} of these hard registers\n\
3200 @code{TARGET_CAN_CHANGE_MODE_CLASS} returns false.\n\
3202 Note that @code{TARGET_MODE_REP_EXTENDED} and @code{LOAD_EXTEND_OP}\n\
3203 describe two related properties. If you define\n\
3204 @code{TARGET_MODE_REP_EXTENDED (mode, word_mode)} you probably also want\n\
3205 to define @code{LOAD_EXTEND_OP (mode)} to return the same type of\n\
3206 extension.\n\
3208 In order to enforce the representation of @code{mode},\n\
3209 @code{TARGET_TRULY_NOOP_TRUNCATION} should return false when truncating to\n\
3210 @code{mode}.",
3211 int, (scalar_int_mode mode, scalar_int_mode rep_mode),
3212 default_mode_rep_extended)
3214 /* True if MODE is valid for a pointer in __attribute__((mode("MODE"))). */
3215 DEFHOOK
3216 (valid_pointer_mode,
3217 "Define this to return nonzero if the port can handle pointers\n\
3218 with machine mode @var{mode}. The default version of this\n\
3219 hook returns true for both @code{ptr_mode} and @code{Pmode}.",
3220 bool, (scalar_int_mode mode),
3221 default_valid_pointer_mode)
3223 /* Disambiguate with errno. */
3224 DEFHOOK
3225 (ref_may_alias_errno,
3226 "Define this to return nonzero if the memory reference @var{ref}\
3227 may alias with the system C library errno location. The default\
3228 version of this hook assumes the system C library errno location\
3229 is either a declaration of type int or accessed by dereferencing\
3230 a pointer to int.",
3231 bool, (struct ao_ref *ref),
3232 default_ref_may_alias_errno)
3234 /* Support for named address spaces. */
3235 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
3236 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_"
3237 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_HOOKS, addr_space)
3239 /* MODE to use for a pointer into another address space. */
3240 DEFHOOK
3241 (pointer_mode,
3242 "Define this to return the machine mode to use for pointers to\n\
3243 @var{address_space} if the target supports named address spaces.\n\
3244 The default version of this hook returns @code{ptr_mode}.",
3245 scalar_int_mode, (addr_space_t address_space),
3246 default_addr_space_pointer_mode)
3248 /* MODE to use for an address in another address space. */
3249 DEFHOOK
3250 (address_mode,
3251 "Define this to return the machine mode to use for addresses in\n\
3252 @var{address_space} if the target supports named address spaces.\n\
3253 The default version of this hook returns @code{Pmode}.",
3254 scalar_int_mode, (addr_space_t address_space),
3255 default_addr_space_address_mode)
3257 /* True if MODE is valid for a pointer in __attribute__((mode("MODE")))
3258 in another address space. */
3259 DEFHOOK
3260 (valid_pointer_mode,
3261 "Define this to return nonzero if the port can handle pointers\n\
3262 with machine mode @var{mode} to address space @var{as}. This target\n\
3263 hook is the same as the @code{TARGET_VALID_POINTER_MODE} target hook,\n\
3264 except that it includes explicit named address space support. The default\n\
3265 version of this hook returns true for the modes returned by either the\n\
3266 @code{TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_POINTER_MODE} or @code{TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_ADDRESS_MODE}\n\
3267 target hooks for the given address space.",
3268 bool, (scalar_int_mode mode, addr_space_t as),
3269 default_addr_space_valid_pointer_mode)
3271 /* True if an address is a valid memory address to a given named address
3272 space for a given mode. */
3273 DEFHOOK
3274 (legitimate_address_p,
3275 "Define this to return true if @var{exp} is a valid address for mode\n\
3276 @var{mode} in the named address space @var{as}. The @var{strict}\n\
3277 parameter says whether strict addressing is in effect after reload has\n\
3278 finished. This target hook is the same as the\n\
3279 @code{TARGET_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS_P} target hook, except that it includes\n\
3280 explicit named address space support.",
3281 bool, (machine_mode mode, rtx exp, bool strict, addr_space_t as),
3282 default_addr_space_legitimate_address_p)
3284 /* Return an updated address to convert an invalid pointer to a named
3285 address space to a valid one. If NULL_RTX is returned use machine
3286 independent methods to make the address valid. */
3287 DEFHOOK
3288 (legitimize_address,
3289 "Define this to modify an invalid address @var{x} to be a valid address\n\
3290 with mode @var{mode} in the named address space @var{as}. This target\n\
3291 hook is the same as the @code{TARGET_LEGITIMIZE_ADDRESS} target hook,\n\
3292 except that it includes explicit named address space support.",
3293 rtx, (rtx x, rtx oldx, machine_mode mode, addr_space_t as),
3294 default_addr_space_legitimize_address)
3296 /* True if one named address space is a subset of another named address. */
3297 DEFHOOK
3298 (subset_p,
3299 "Define this to return whether the @var{subset} named address space is\n\
3300 contained within the @var{superset} named address space. Pointers to\n\
3301 a named address space that is a subset of another named address space\n\
3302 will be converted automatically without a cast if used together in\n\
3303 arithmetic operations. Pointers to a superset address space can be\n\
3304 converted to pointers to a subset address space via explicit casts.",
3305 bool, (addr_space_t subset, addr_space_t superset),
3306 default_addr_space_subset_p)
3308 /* True if 0 is a valid address in the address space, or false if
3309 0 is a NULL in the address space. */
3310 DEFHOOK
3311 (zero_address_valid,
3312 "Define this to modify the default handling of address 0 for the\n\
3313 address space. Return true if 0 should be considered a valid address.",
3314 bool, (addr_space_t as),
3315 default_addr_space_zero_address_valid)
3317 /* Function to convert an rtl expression from one address space to another. */
3318 DEFHOOK
3319 (convert,
3320 "Define this to convert the pointer expression represented by the RTL\n\
3321 @var{op} with type @var{from_type} that points to a named address\n\
3322 space to a new pointer expression with type @var{to_type} that points\n\
3323 to a different named address space. When this hook it called, it is\n\
3324 guaranteed that one of the two address spaces is a subset of the other,\n\
3325 as determined by the @code{TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_SUBSET_P} target hook.",
3326 rtx, (rtx op, tree from_type, tree to_type),
3327 default_addr_space_convert)
3329 /* Function to encode an address space into dwarf. */
3330 DEFHOOK
3331 (debug,
3332 "Define this to define how the address space is encoded in dwarf.\n\
3333 The result is the value to be used with @code{DW_AT_address_class}.",
3334 int, (addr_space_t as),
3335 default_addr_space_debug)
3337 /* Function to emit custom diagnostic if an address space is used. */
3338 DEFHOOK
3339 (diagnose_usage,
3340 "Define this hook if the availability of an address space depends on\n\
3341 command line options and some diagnostics should be printed when the\n\
3342 address space is used. This hook is called during parsing and allows\n\
3343 to emit a better diagnostic compared to the case where the address space\n\
3344 was not registered with @code{c_register_addr_space}. @var{as} is\n\
3345 the address space as registered with @code{c_register_addr_space}.\n\
3346 @var{loc} is the location of the address space qualifier token.\n\
3347 The default implementation does nothing.",
3348 void, (addr_space_t as, location_t loc),
3349 default_addr_space_diagnose_usage)
3351 HOOK_VECTOR_END (addr_space)
3353 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
3354 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_"
3356 DEFHOOK
3357 (static_rtx_alignment,
3358 "This hook returns the preferred alignment in bits for a\n\
3359 statically-allocated rtx, such as a constant pool entry. @var{mode}\n\
3360 is the mode of the rtx. The default implementation returns\n\
3361 @samp{GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (@var{mode})}.",
3362 HOST_WIDE_INT, (machine_mode mode),
3363 default_static_rtx_alignment)
3365 DEFHOOK
3366 (constant_alignment,
3367 "This hook returns the alignment in bits of a constant that is being\n\
3368 placed in memory. @var{constant} is the constant and @var{basic_align}\n\
3369 is the alignment that the object would ordinarily have.\n\
3371 The default definition just returns @var{basic_align}.\n\
3373 The typical use of this hook is to increase alignment for string\n\
3374 constants to be word aligned so that @code{strcpy} calls that copy\n\
3375 constants can be done inline. The function\n\
3376 @code{constant_alignment_word_strings} provides such a definition.",
3377 HOST_WIDE_INT, (const_tree constant, HOST_WIDE_INT basic_align),
3378 default_constant_alignment)
3380 /* True if MODE is valid for the target. By "valid", we mean able to
3381 be manipulated in non-trivial ways. In particular, this means all
3382 the arithmetic is supported. */
3383 DEFHOOK
3384 (scalar_mode_supported_p,
3385 "Define this to return nonzero if the port is prepared to handle\n\
3386 insns involving scalar mode @var{mode}. For a scalar mode to be\n\
3387 considered supported, all the basic arithmetic and comparisons\n\
3388 must work.\n\
3390 The default version of this hook returns true for any mode\n\
3391 required to handle the basic C types (as defined by the port).\n\
3392 Included here are the double-word arithmetic supported by the\n\
3393 code in @file{optabs.c}.",
3394 bool, (scalar_mode mode),
3395 default_scalar_mode_supported_p)
3397 /* Similarly for vector modes. "Supported" here is less strict. At
3398 least some operations are supported; need to check optabs or builtins
3399 for further details. */
3400 DEFHOOK
3401 (vector_mode_supported_p,
3402 "Define this to return nonzero if the port is prepared to handle\n\
3403 insns involving vector mode @var{mode}. At the very least, it\n\
3404 must have move patterns for this mode.",
3405 bool, (machine_mode mode),
3406 hook_bool_mode_false)
3408 DEFHOOK
3409 (vector_alignment,
3410 "This hook can be used to define the alignment for a vector of type\n\
3411 @var{type}, in order to comply with a platform ABI. The default is to\n\
3412 require natural alignment for vector types. The alignment returned by\n\
3413 this hook must be a power-of-two multiple of the default alignment of\n\
3414 the vector element type.",
3415 HOST_WIDE_INT, (const_tree type),
3416 default_vector_alignment)
3418 /* True if we should try to use a scalar mode to represent an array,
3419 overriding the usual MAX_FIXED_MODE limit. */
3420 DEFHOOK
3421 (array_mode_supported_p,
3422 "Return true if GCC should try to use a scalar mode to store an array\n\
3423 of @var{nelems} elements, given that each element has mode @var{mode}.\n\
3424 Returning true here overrides the usual @code{MAX_FIXED_MODE} limit\n\
3425 and allows GCC to use any defined integer mode.\n\
3427 One use of this hook is to support vector load and store operations\n\
3428 that operate on several homogeneous vectors. For example, ARM NEON\n\
3429 has operations like:\n\
3431 @smallexample\n\
3432 int8x8x3_t vld3_s8 (const int8_t *)\n\
3433 @end smallexample\n\
3435 where the return type is defined as:\n\
3437 @smallexample\n\
3438 typedef struct int8x8x3_t\n\
3439 @{\n\
3440 int8x8_t val[3];\n\
3441 @} int8x8x3_t;\n\
3442 @end smallexample\n\
3444 If this hook allows @code{val} to have a scalar mode, then\n\
3445 @code{int8x8x3_t} can have the same mode. GCC can then store\n\
3446 @code{int8x8x3_t}s in registers rather than forcing them onto the stack.",
3447 bool, (machine_mode mode, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT nelems),
3448 hook_bool_mode_uhwi_false)
3450 DEFHOOK
3451 (libgcc_floating_mode_supported_p,
3452 "Define this to return nonzero if libgcc provides support for the \n\
3453 floating-point mode @var{mode}, which is known to pass \n\
3454 @code{TARGET_SCALAR_MODE_SUPPORTED_P}. The default version of this \n\
3455 hook returns true for all of @code{SFmode}, @code{DFmode}, \n\
3456 @code{XFmode} and @code{TFmode}, if such modes exist.",
3457 bool, (scalar_float_mode mode),
3458 default_libgcc_floating_mode_supported_p)
3460 DEFHOOK
3461 (floatn_mode,
3462 "Define this to return the machine mode to use for the type \n\
3463 @code{_Float@var{n}}, if @var{extended} is false, or the type \n\
3464 @code{_Float@var{n}x}, if @var{extended} is true. If such a type is not\n\
3465 supported, return @code{opt_scalar_float_mode ()}. The default version of\n\
3466 this hook returns @code{SFmode} for @code{_Float32}, @code{DFmode} for\n\
3467 @code{_Float64} and @code{_Float32x} and @code{TFmode} for \n\
3468 @code{_Float128}, if those modes exist and satisfy the requirements for \n\
3469 those types and pass @code{TARGET_SCALAR_MODE_SUPPORTED_P} and \n\
3470 @code{TARGET_LIBGCC_FLOATING_MODE_SUPPORTED_P}; for @code{_Float64x}, it \n\
3471 returns the first of @code{XFmode} and @code{TFmode} that exists and \n\
3472 satisfies the same requirements; for other types, it returns \n\
3473 @code{opt_scalar_float_mode ()}. The hook is only called for values\n\
3474 of @var{n} and @var{extended} that are valid according to\n\
3475 ISO/IEC TS 18661-3:2015; that is, @var{n} is one of 32, 64, 128, or,\n\
3476 if @var{extended} is false, 16 or greater than 128 and a multiple of 32.",
3477 opt_scalar_float_mode, (int n, bool extended),
3478 default_floatn_mode)
3480 DEFHOOK
3481 (floatn_builtin_p,
3482 "Define this to return true if the @code{_Float@var{n}} and\n\
3483 @code{_Float@var{n}x} built-in functions should implicitly enable the\n\
3484 built-in function without the @code{__builtin_} prefix in addition to the\n\
3485 normal built-in function with the @code{__builtin_} prefix. The default is\n\
3486 to only enable built-in functions without the @code{__builtin_} prefix for\n\
3487 the GNU C langauge. In strict ANSI/ISO mode, the built-in function without\n\
3488 the @code{__builtin_} prefix is not enabled. The argument @code{FUNC} is the\n\
3489 @code{enum built_in_function} id of the function to be enabled.",
3490 bool, (int func),
3491 default_floatn_builtin_p)
3493 /* Compute cost of moving data from a register of class FROM to one of
3494 TO, using MODE. */
3495 DEFHOOK
3496 (register_move_cost,
3497 "This target hook should return the cost of moving data of mode @var{mode}\n\
3498 from a register in class @var{from} to one in class @var{to}. The classes\n\
3499 are expressed using the enumeration values such as @code{GENERAL_REGS}.\n\
3500 A value of 2 is the default; other values are interpreted relative to\n\
3501 that.\n\
3503 It is not required that the cost always equal 2 when @var{from} is the\n\
3504 same as @var{to}; on some machines it is expensive to move between\n\
3505 registers if they are not general registers.\n\
3507 If reload sees an insn consisting of a single @code{set} between two\n\
3508 hard registers, and if @code{TARGET_REGISTER_MOVE_COST} applied to their\n\
3509 classes returns a value of 2, reload does not check to ensure that the\n\
3510 constraints of the insn are met. Setting a cost of other than 2 will\n\
3511 allow reload to verify that the constraints are met. You should do this\n\
3512 if the @samp{mov@var{m}} pattern's constraints do not allow such copying.\n\
3514 The default version of this function returns 2.",
3515 int, (machine_mode mode, reg_class_t from, reg_class_t to),
3516 default_register_move_cost)
3518 /* Compute cost of moving registers to/from memory. */
3519 /* ??? Documenting the argument types for this hook requires a GFDL
3520 license grant. Also, the documentation uses a different name for RCLASS. */
3521 DEFHOOK
3522 (memory_move_cost,
3523 "This target hook should return the cost of moving data of mode @var{mode}\n\
3524 between a register of class @var{rclass} and memory; @var{in} is @code{false}\n\
3525 if the value is to be written to memory, @code{true} if it is to be read in.\n\
3526 This cost is relative to those in @code{TARGET_REGISTER_MOVE_COST}.\n\
3527 If moving between registers and memory is more expensive than between two\n\
3528 registers, you should add this target hook to express the relative cost.\n\
3530 If you do not add this target hook, GCC uses a default cost of 4 plus\n\
3531 the cost of copying via a secondary reload register, if one is\n\
3532 needed. If your machine requires a secondary reload register to copy\n\
3533 between memory and a register of @var{rclass} but the reload mechanism is\n\
3534 more complex than copying via an intermediate, use this target hook to\n\
3535 reflect the actual cost of the move.\n\
3537 GCC defines the function @code{memory_move_secondary_cost} if\n\
3538 secondary reloads are needed. It computes the costs due to copying via\n\
3539 a secondary register. If your machine copies from memory using a\n\
3540 secondary register in the conventional way but the default base value of\n\
3541 4 is not correct for your machine, use this target hook to add some other\n\
3542 value to the result of that function. The arguments to that function\n\
3543 are the same as to this target hook.",
3544 int, (machine_mode mode, reg_class_t rclass, bool in),
3545 default_memory_move_cost)
3547 DEFHOOK
3548 (use_by_pieces_infrastructure_p,
3549 "GCC will attempt several strategies when asked to copy between\n\
3550 two areas of memory, or to set, clear or store to memory, for example\n\
3551 when copying a @code{struct}. The @code{by_pieces} infrastructure\n\
3552 implements such memory operations as a sequence of load, store or move\n\
3553 insns. Alternate strategies are to expand the\n\
3554 @code{movmem} or @code{setmem} optabs, to emit a library call, or to emit\n\
3555 unit-by-unit, loop-based operations.\n\
3557 This target hook should return true if, for a memory operation with a\n\
3558 given @var{size} and @var{alignment}, using the @code{by_pieces}\n\
3559 infrastructure is expected to result in better code generation.\n\
3560 Both @var{size} and @var{alignment} are measured in terms of storage\n\
3561 units.\n\
3563 The parameter @var{op} is one of: @code{CLEAR_BY_PIECES},\n\
3564 @code{MOVE_BY_PIECES}, @code{SET_BY_PIECES}, @code{STORE_BY_PIECES} or\n\
3565 @code{COMPARE_BY_PIECES}. These describe the type of memory operation\n\
3566 under consideration.\n\
3568 The parameter @var{speed_p} is true if the code is currently being\n\
3569 optimized for speed rather than size.\n\
3571 Returning true for higher values of @var{size} can improve code generation\n\
3572 for speed if the target does not provide an implementation of the\n\
3573 @code{movmem} or @code{setmem} standard names, if the @code{movmem} or\n\
3574 @code{setmem} implementation would be more expensive than a sequence of\n\
3575 insns, or if the overhead of a library call would dominate that of\n\
3576 the body of the memory operation.\n\
3578 Returning true for higher values of @code{size} may also cause an increase\n\
3579 in code size, for example where the number of insns emitted to perform a\n\
3580 move would be greater than that of a library call.",
3581 bool, (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT size, unsigned int alignment,
3582 enum by_pieces_operation op, bool speed_p),
3583 default_use_by_pieces_infrastructure_p)
3585 DEFHOOK
3586 (compare_by_pieces_branch_ratio,
3587 "When expanding a block comparison in MODE, gcc can try to reduce the\n\
3588 number of branches at the expense of more memory operations. This hook\n\
3589 allows the target to override the default choice. It should return the\n\
3590 factor by which branches should be reduced over the plain expansion with\n\
3591 one comparison per @var{mode}-sized piece. A port can also prevent a\n\
3592 particular mode from being used for block comparisons by returning a\n\
3593 negative number from this hook.",
3594 int, (machine_mode mode),
3595 default_compare_by_pieces_branch_ratio)
3597 DEFHOOK
3598 (slow_unaligned_access,
3599 "This hook returns true if memory accesses described by the\n\
3600 @var{mode} and @var{alignment} parameters have a cost many times greater\n\
3601 than aligned accesses, for example if they are emulated in a trap handler.\n\
3602 This hook is invoked only for unaligned accesses, i.e. when\n\
3603 @code{@var{alignment} < GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (@var{mode})}.\n\
3605 When this hook returns true, the compiler will act as if\n\
3606 @code{STRICT_ALIGNMENT} were true when generating code for block\n\
3607 moves. This can cause significantly more instructions to be produced.\n\
3608 Therefore, do not make this hook return true if unaligned accesses only\n\
3609 add a cycle or two to the time for a memory access.\n\
3611 The hook must return true whenever @code{STRICT_ALIGNMENT} is true.\n\
3612 The default implementation returns @code{STRICT_ALIGNMENT}.",
3613 bool, (machine_mode mode, unsigned int align),
3614 default_slow_unaligned_access)
3616 DEFHOOK
3617 (optab_supported_p,
3618 "Return true if the optimizers should use optab @var{op} with\n\
3619 modes @var{mode1} and @var{mode2} for optimization type @var{opt_type}.\n\
3620 The optab is known to have an associated @file{.md} instruction\n\
3621 whose C condition is true. @var{mode2} is only meaningful for conversion\n\
3622 optabs; for direct optabs it is a copy of @var{mode1}.\n\
3624 For example, when called with @var{op} equal to @code{rint_optab} and\n\
3625 @var{mode1} equal to @code{DFmode}, the hook should say whether the\n\
3626 optimizers should use optab @code{rintdf2}.\n\
3628 The default hook returns true for all inputs.",
3629 bool, (int op, machine_mode mode1, machine_mode mode2,
3630 optimization_type opt_type),
3631 default_optab_supported_p)
3633 /* True for MODE if the target expects that registers in this mode will
3634 be allocated to registers in a small register class. The compiler is
3635 allowed to use registers explicitly used in the rtl as spill registers
3636 but it should prevent extending the lifetime of these registers. */
3637 DEFHOOK
3638 (small_register_classes_for_mode_p,
3639 "Define this to return nonzero for machine modes for which the port has\n\
3640 small register classes. If this target hook returns nonzero for a given\n\
3641 @var{mode}, the compiler will try to minimize the lifetime of registers\n\
3642 in @var{mode}. The hook may be called with @code{VOIDmode} as argument.\n\
3643 In this case, the hook is expected to return nonzero if it returns nonzero\n\
3644 for any mode.\n\
3646 On some machines, it is risky to let hard registers live across arbitrary\n\
3647 insns. Typically, these machines have instructions that require values\n\
3648 to be in specific registers (like an accumulator), and reload will fail\n\
3649 if the required hard register is used for another purpose across such an\n\
3650 insn.\n\
3652 Passes before reload do not know which hard registers will be used\n\
3653 in an instruction, but the machine modes of the registers set or used in\n\
3654 the instruction are already known. And for some machines, register\n\
3655 classes are small for, say, integer registers but not for floating point\n\
3656 registers. For example, the AMD x86-64 architecture requires specific\n\
3657 registers for the legacy x86 integer instructions, but there are many\n\
3658 SSE registers for floating point operations. On such targets, a good\n\
3659 strategy may be to return nonzero from this hook for @code{INTEGRAL_MODE_P}\n\
3660 machine modes but zero for the SSE register classes.\n\
3662 The default version of this hook returns false for any mode. It is always\n\
3663 safe to redefine this hook to return with a nonzero value. But if you\n\
3664 unnecessarily define it, you will reduce the amount of optimizations\n\
3665 that can be performed in some cases. If you do not define this hook\n\
3666 to return a nonzero value when it is required, the compiler will run out\n\
3667 of spill registers and print a fatal error message.",
3668 bool, (machine_mode mode),
3669 hook_bool_mode_false)
3671 /* Register number for a flags register. Only needs to be defined if the
3672 target is constrainted to use post-reload comparison elimination. */
3673 DEFHOOKPOD
3674 (flags_regnum,
3675 "If the target has a dedicated flags register, and it needs to use the\
3676 post-reload comparison elimination pass, then this value should be set\
3677 appropriately.",
3678 unsigned int, INVALID_REGNUM)
3680 /* Compute a (partial) cost for rtx X. Return true if the complete
3681 cost has been computed, and false if subexpressions should be
3682 scanned. In either case, *TOTAL contains the cost result. */
3683 /* Note that OUTER_CODE ought to be RTX_CODE, but that's
3684 not necessarily defined at this point. */
3685 DEFHOOK
3686 (rtx_costs,
3687 "This target hook describes the relative costs of RTL expressions.\n\
3689 The cost may depend on the precise form of the expression, which is\n\
3690 available for examination in @var{x}, and the fact that @var{x} appears\n\
3691 as operand @var{opno} of an expression with rtx code @var{outer_code}.\n\
3692 That is, the hook can assume that there is some rtx @var{y} such\n\
3693 that @samp{GET_CODE (@var{y}) == @var{outer_code}} and such that\n\
3694 either (a) @samp{XEXP (@var{y}, @var{opno}) == @var{x}} or\n\
3695 (b) @samp{XVEC (@var{y}, @var{opno})} contains @var{x}.\n\
3697 @var{mode} is @var{x}'s machine mode, or for cases like @code{const_int} that\n\
3698 do not have a mode, the mode in which @var{x} is used.\n\
3700 In implementing this hook, you can use the construct\n\
3701 @code{COSTS_N_INSNS (@var{n})} to specify a cost equal to @var{n} fast\n\
3702 instructions.\n\
3704 On entry to the hook, @code{*@var{total}} contains a default estimate\n\
3705 for the cost of the expression. The hook should modify this value as\n\
3706 necessary. Traditionally, the default costs are @code{COSTS_N_INSNS (5)}\n\
3707 for multiplications, @code{COSTS_N_INSNS (7)} for division and modulus\n\
3708 operations, and @code{COSTS_N_INSNS (1)} for all other operations.\n\
3710 When optimizing for code size, i.e.@: when @code{speed} is\n\
3711 false, this target hook should be used to estimate the relative\n\
3712 size cost of an expression, again relative to @code{COSTS_N_INSNS}.\n\
3714 The hook returns true when all subexpressions of @var{x} have been\n\
3715 processed, and false when @code{rtx_cost} should recurse.",
3716 bool, (rtx x, machine_mode mode, int outer_code, int opno, int *total, bool speed),
3717 hook_bool_rtx_mode_int_int_intp_bool_false)
3719 /* Compute the cost of X, used as an address. Never called with
3720 invalid addresses. */
3721 DEFHOOK
3722 (address_cost,
3723 "This hook computes the cost of an addressing mode that contains\n\
3724 @var{address}. If not defined, the cost is computed from\n\
3725 the @var{address} expression and the @code{TARGET_RTX_COST} hook.\n\
3727 For most CISC machines, the default cost is a good approximation of the\n\
3728 true cost of the addressing mode. However, on RISC machines, all\n\
3729 instructions normally have the same length and execution time. Hence\n\
3730 all addresses will have equal costs.\n\
3732 In cases where more than one form of an address is known, the form with\n\
3733 the lowest cost will be used. If multiple forms have the same, lowest,\n\
3734 cost, the one that is the most complex will be used.\n\
3736 For example, suppose an address that is equal to the sum of a register\n\
3737 and a constant is used twice in the same basic block. When this macro\n\
3738 is not defined, the address will be computed in a register and memory\n\
3739 references will be indirect through that register. On machines where\n\
3740 the cost of the addressing mode containing the sum is no higher than\n\
3741 that of a simple indirect reference, this will produce an additional\n\
3742 instruction and possibly require an additional register. Proper\n\
3743 specification of this macro eliminates this overhead for such machines.\n\
3745 This hook is never called with an invalid address.\n\
3747 On machines where an address involving more than one register is as\n\
3748 cheap as an address computation involving only one register, defining\n\
3749 @code{TARGET_ADDRESS_COST} to reflect this can cause two registers to\n\
3750 be live over a region of code where only one would have been if\n\
3751 @code{TARGET_ADDRESS_COST} were not defined in that manner. This effect\n\
3752 should be considered in the definition of this macro. Equivalent costs\n\
3753 should probably only be given to addresses with different numbers of\n\
3754 registers on machines with lots of registers.",
3755 int, (rtx address, machine_mode mode, addr_space_t as, bool speed),
3756 default_address_cost)
3758 /* Compute a cost for INSN. */
3759 DEFHOOK
3760 (insn_cost,
3761 "This target hook describes the relative costs of RTL instructions.\n\
3763 In implementing this hook, you can use the construct\n\
3764 @code{COSTS_N_INSNS (@var{n})} to specify a cost equal to @var{n} fast\n\
3765 instructions.\n\
3767 When optimizing for code size, i.e.@: when @code{speed} is\n\
3768 false, this target hook should be used to estimate the relative\n\
3769 size cost of an expression, again relative to @code{COSTS_N_INSNS}.",
3770 int, (rtx_insn *insn, bool speed), NULL)
3772 /* Give a cost, in RTX Costs units, for an edge. Like BRANCH_COST, but with
3773 well defined units. */
3774 DEFHOOK
3775 (max_noce_ifcvt_seq_cost,
3776 "This hook returns a value in the same units as @code{TARGET_RTX_COSTS},\n\
3777 giving the maximum acceptable cost for a sequence generated by the RTL\n\
3778 if-conversion pass when conditional execution is not available.\n\
3779 The RTL if-conversion pass attempts to convert conditional operations\n\
3780 that would require a branch to a series of unconditional operations and\n\
3781 @code{mov@var{mode}cc} insns. This hook returns the maximum cost of the\n\
3782 unconditional instructions and the @code{mov@var{mode}cc} insns.\n\
3783 RTL if-conversion is cancelled if the cost of the converted sequence\n\
3784 is greater than the value returned by this hook.\n\
3786 @code{e} is the edge between the basic block containing the conditional\n\
3787 branch to the basic block which would be executed if the condition\n\
3788 were true.\n\
3790 The default implementation of this hook uses the\n\
3791 @code{max-rtl-if-conversion-[un]predictable} parameters if they are set,\n\
3792 and uses a multiple of @code{BRANCH_COST} otherwise.",
3793 unsigned int, (edge e),
3794 default_max_noce_ifcvt_seq_cost)
3796 /* Return true if the given instruction sequence is a good candidate
3797 as a replacement for the if-convertible sequence. */
3798 DEFHOOK
3799 (noce_conversion_profitable_p,
3800 "This hook returns true if the instruction sequence @code{seq} is a good\n\
3801 candidate as a replacement for the if-convertible sequence described in\n\
3802 @code{if_info}.",
3803 bool, (rtx_insn *seq, struct noce_if_info *if_info),
3804 default_noce_conversion_profitable_p)
3806 DEFHOOK
3807 (estimated_poly_value,
3808 "Return an estimate of the runtime value of @var{val}, for use in\n\
3809 things like cost calculations or profiling frequencies. The default\n\
3810 implementation returns the lowest possible value of @var{val}.",
3811 HOST_WIDE_INT, (poly_int64 val),
3812 default_estimated_poly_value)
3814 /* Permit speculative instructions in delay slots during delayed-branch
3815 scheduling. */
3816 DEFHOOK
3817 (no_speculation_in_delay_slots_p,
3818 "This predicate controls the use of the eager delay slot filler to disallow\n\
3819 speculatively executed instructions being placed in delay slots. Targets\n\
3820 such as certain MIPS architectures possess both branches with and without\n\
3821 delay slots. As the eager delay slot filler can decrease performance,\n\
3822 disabling it is beneficial when ordinary branches are available. Use of\n\
3823 delay slot branches filled using the basic filler is often still desirable\n\
3824 as the delay slot can hide a pipeline bubble.", bool, (void),
3825 hook_bool_void_false)
3827 /* Return where to allocate pseudo for a given hard register initial value. */
3828 DEFHOOK
3829 (allocate_initial_value,
3830 "\n\
3831 When the initial value of a hard register has been copied in a pseudo\n\
3832 register, it is often not necessary to actually allocate another register\n\
3833 to this pseudo register, because the original hard register or a stack slot\n\
3834 it has been saved into can be used. @code{TARGET_ALLOCATE_INITIAL_VALUE}\n\
3835 is called at the start of register allocation once for each hard register\n\
3836 that had its initial value copied by using\n\
3837 @code{get_func_hard_reg_initial_val} or @code{get_hard_reg_initial_val}.\n\
3838 Possible values are @code{NULL_RTX}, if you don't want\n\
3839 to do any special allocation, a @code{REG} rtx---that would typically be\n\
3840 the hard register itself, if it is known not to be clobbered---or a\n\
3841 @code{MEM}.\n\
3842 If you are returning a @code{MEM}, this is only a hint for the allocator;\n\
3843 it might decide to use another register anyways.\n\
3844 You may use @code{current_function_is_leaf} or \n\
3845 @code{REG_N_SETS} in the hook to determine if the hard\n\
3846 register in question will not be clobbered.\n\
3847 The default value of this hook is @code{NULL}, which disables any special\n\
3848 allocation.",
3849 rtx, (rtx hard_reg), NULL)
3851 /* Return nonzero if evaluating UNSPEC X might cause a trap.
3852 FLAGS has the same meaning as in rtlanal.c: may_trap_p_1. */
3853 DEFHOOK
3854 (unspec_may_trap_p,
3855 "This target hook returns nonzero if @var{x}, an @code{unspec} or\n\
3856 @code{unspec_volatile} operation, might cause a trap. Targets can use\n\
3857 this hook to enhance precision of analysis for @code{unspec} and\n\
3858 @code{unspec_volatile} operations. You may call @code{may_trap_p_1}\n\
3859 to analyze inner elements of @var{x} in which case @var{flags} should be\n\
3860 passed along.",
3861 int, (const_rtx x, unsigned flags),
3862 default_unspec_may_trap_p)
3864 /* Given a register, this hook should return a parallel of registers
3865 to represent where to find the register pieces. Define this hook
3866 if the register and its mode are represented in Dwarf in
3867 non-contiguous locations, or if the register should be
3868 represented in more than one register in Dwarf. Otherwise, this
3869 hook should return NULL_RTX. */
3870 DEFHOOK
3871 (dwarf_register_span,
3872 "Given a register, this hook should return a parallel of registers to\n\
3873 represent where to find the register pieces. Define this hook if the\n\
3874 register and its mode are represented in Dwarf in non-contiguous\n\
3875 locations, or if the register should be represented in more than one\n\
3876 register in Dwarf. Otherwise, this hook should return @code{NULL_RTX}.\n\
3877 If not defined, the default is to return @code{NULL_RTX}.",
3878 rtx, (rtx reg),
3879 hook_rtx_rtx_null)
3881 /* Given a register return the mode of the corresponding DWARF frame
3882 register. */
3883 DEFHOOK
3884 (dwarf_frame_reg_mode,
3885 "Given a register, this hook should return the mode which the\n\
3886 corresponding Dwarf frame register should have. This is normally\n\
3887 used to return a smaller mode than the raw mode to prevent call\n\
3888 clobbered parts of a register altering the frame register size",
3889 machine_mode, (int regno),
3890 default_dwarf_frame_reg_mode)
3892 /* If expand_builtin_init_dwarf_reg_sizes needs to fill in table
3893 entries not corresponding directly to registers below
3894 FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER, this hook should generate the necessary
3895 code, given the address of the table. */
3896 DEFHOOK
3897 (init_dwarf_reg_sizes_extra,
3898 "If some registers are represented in Dwarf-2 unwind information in\n\
3899 multiple pieces, define this hook to fill in information about the\n\
3900 sizes of those pieces in the table used by the unwinder at runtime.\n\
3901 It will be called by @code{expand_builtin_init_dwarf_reg_sizes} after\n\
3902 filling in a single size corresponding to each hard register;\n\
3903 @var{address} is the address of the table.",
3904 void, (tree address),
3905 hook_void_tree)
3907 /* Fetch the fixed register(s) which hold condition codes, for
3908 targets where it makes sense to look for duplicate assignments to
3909 the condition codes. This should return true if there is such a
3910 register, false otherwise. The arguments should be set to the
3911 fixed register numbers. Up to two condition code registers are
3912 supported. If there is only one for this target, the int pointed
3913 at by the second argument should be set to -1. */
3914 DEFHOOK
3915 (fixed_condition_code_regs,
3916 "On targets which do not use @code{(cc0)}, and which use a hard\n\
3917 register rather than a pseudo-register to hold condition codes, the\n\
3918 regular CSE passes are often not able to identify cases in which the\n\
3919 hard register is set to a common value. Use this hook to enable a\n\
3920 small pass which optimizes such cases. This hook should return true\n\
3921 to enable this pass, and it should set the integers to which its\n\
3922 arguments point to the hard register numbers used for condition codes.\n\
3923 When there is only one such register, as is true on most systems, the\n\
3924 integer pointed to by @var{p2} should be set to\n\
3925 @code{INVALID_REGNUM}.\n\
3927 The default version of this hook returns false.",
3928 bool, (unsigned int *p1, unsigned int *p2),
3929 hook_bool_uintp_uintp_false)
3931 /* If two condition code modes are compatible, return a condition
3932 code mode which is compatible with both, such that a comparison
3933 done in the returned mode will work for both of the original
3934 modes. If the condition code modes are not compatible, return
3935 VOIDmode. */
3936 DEFHOOK
3937 (cc_modes_compatible,
3938 "On targets which use multiple condition code modes in class\n\
3939 @code{MODE_CC}, it is sometimes the case that a comparison can be\n\
3940 validly done in more than one mode. On such a system, define this\n\
3941 target hook to take two mode arguments and to return a mode in which\n\
3942 both comparisons may be validly done. If there is no such mode,\n\
3943 return @code{VOIDmode}.\n\
3945 The default version of this hook checks whether the modes are the\n\
3946 same. If they are, it returns that mode. If they are different, it\n\
3947 returns @code{VOIDmode}.",
3948 machine_mode, (machine_mode m1, machine_mode m2),
3949 default_cc_modes_compatible)
3951 /* Do machine-dependent code transformations. Called just before
3952 delayed-branch scheduling. */
3953 DEFHOOK
3954 (machine_dependent_reorg,
3955 "If non-null, this hook performs a target-specific pass over the\n\
3956 instruction stream. The compiler will run it at all optimization levels,\n\
3957 just before the point at which it normally does delayed-branch scheduling.\n\
3959 The exact purpose of the hook varies from target to target. Some use\n\
3960 it to do transformations that are necessary for correctness, such as\n\
3961 laying out in-function constant pools or avoiding hardware hazards.\n\
3962 Others use it as an opportunity to do some machine-dependent optimizations.\n\
3964 You need not implement the hook if it has nothing to do. The default\n\
3965 definition is null.",
3966 void, (void), NULL)
3968 /* Create the __builtin_va_list type. */
3969 DEFHOOK
3970 (build_builtin_va_list,
3971 "This hook returns a type node for @code{va_list} for the target.\n\
3972 The default version of the hook returns @code{void*}.",
3973 tree, (void),
3974 std_build_builtin_va_list)
3976 /* Enumerate the va list variants. */
3977 DEFHOOK
3978 (enum_va_list_p,
3979 "This target hook is used in function @code{c_common_nodes_and_builtins}\n\
3980 to iterate through the target specific builtin types for va_list. The\n\
3981 variable @var{idx} is used as iterator. @var{pname} has to be a pointer\n\
3982 to a @code{const char *} and @var{ptree} a pointer to a @code{tree} typed\n\
3983 variable.\n\
3984 The arguments @var{pname} and @var{ptree} are used to store the result of\n\
3985 this macro and are set to the name of the va_list builtin type and its\n\
3986 internal type.\n\
3987 If the return value of this macro is zero, then there is no more element.\n\
3988 Otherwise the @var{IDX} should be increased for the next call of this\n\
3989 macro to iterate through all types.",
3990 int, (int idx, const char **pname, tree *ptree),
3991 NULL)
3993 /* Get the cfun/fndecl calling abi __builtin_va_list type. */
3994 DEFHOOK
3995 (fn_abi_va_list,
3996 "This hook returns the va_list type of the calling convention specified by\n\
3997 @var{fndecl}.\n\
3998 The default version of this hook returns @code{va_list_type_node}.",
3999 tree, (tree fndecl),
4000 std_fn_abi_va_list)
4002 /* Get the __builtin_va_list type dependent on input type. */
4003 DEFHOOK
4004 (canonical_va_list_type,
4005 "This hook returns the va_list type of the calling convention specified by the\n\
4006 type of @var{type}. If @var{type} is not a valid va_list type, it returns\n\
4007 @code{NULL_TREE}.",
4008 tree, (tree type),
4009 std_canonical_va_list_type)
4011 /* ??? Documenting this hook requires a GFDL license grant. */
4012 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
4013 (expand_builtin_va_start,
4014 "Expand the @code{__builtin_va_start} builtin.",
4015 void, (tree valist, rtx nextarg), NULL)
4017 /* Gimplifies a VA_ARG_EXPR. */
4018 DEFHOOK
4019 (gimplify_va_arg_expr,
4020 "This hook performs target-specific gimplification of\n\
4021 @code{VA_ARG_EXPR}. The first two parameters correspond to the\n\
4022 arguments to @code{va_arg}; the latter two are as in\n\
4023 @code{gimplify.c:gimplify_expr}.",
4024 tree, (tree valist, tree type, gimple_seq *pre_p, gimple_seq *post_p),
4025 std_gimplify_va_arg_expr)
4027 /* Validity-checking routines for PCH files, target-specific.
4028 get_pch_validity returns a pointer to the data to be stored,
4029 and stores the size in its argument. pch_valid_p gets the same
4030 information back and returns NULL if the PCH is valid,
4031 or an error message if not. */
4032 DEFHOOK
4033 (get_pch_validity,
4034 "This hook returns a pointer to the data needed by\n\
4035 @code{TARGET_PCH_VALID_P} and sets\n\
4036 @samp{*@var{sz}} to the size of the data in bytes.",
4037 void *, (size_t *sz),
4038 default_get_pch_validity)
4040 DEFHOOK
4041 (pch_valid_p,
4042 "This hook checks whether the options used to create a PCH file are\n\
4043 compatible with the current settings. It returns @code{NULL}\n\
4044 if so and a suitable error message if not. Error messages will\n\
4045 be presented to the user and must be localized using @samp{_(@var{msg})}.\n\
4047 @var{data} is the data that was returned by @code{TARGET_GET_PCH_VALIDITY}\n\
4048 when the PCH file was created and @var{sz} is the size of that data in bytes.\n\
4049 It's safe to assume that the data was created by the same version of the\n\
4050 compiler, so no format checking is needed.\n\
4052 The default definition of @code{default_pch_valid_p} should be\n\
4053 suitable for most targets.",
4054 const char *, (const void *data, size_t sz),
4055 default_pch_valid_p)
4057 DEFHOOK
4058 (prepare_pch_save,
4059 "Called before writing out a PCH file. If the target has some\n\
4060 garbage-collected data that needs to be in a particular state on PCH loads,\n\
4061 it can use this hook to enforce that state. Very few targets need\n\
4062 to do anything here.",
4063 void, (void),
4064 hook_void_void)
4066 /* If nonnull, this function checks whether a PCH file with the
4067 given set of target flags can be used. It returns NULL if so,
4068 otherwise it returns an error message. */
4069 DEFHOOK
4070 (check_pch_target_flags,
4071 "If this hook is nonnull, the default implementation of\n\
4072 @code{TARGET_PCH_VALID_P} will use it to check for compatible values\n\
4073 of @code{target_flags}. @var{pch_flags} specifies the value that\n\
4074 @code{target_flags} had when the PCH file was created. The return\n\
4075 value is the same as for @code{TARGET_PCH_VALID_P}.",
4076 const char *, (int pch_flags), NULL)
4078 /* True if the compiler should give an enum type only as many
4079 bytes as it takes to represent the range of possible values of
4080 that type. */
4081 DEFHOOK
4082 (default_short_enums,
4083 "This target hook should return true if the compiler should give an\n\
4084 @code{enum} type only as many bytes as it takes to represent the range\n\
4085 of possible values of that type. It should return false if all\n\
4086 @code{enum} types should be allocated like @code{int}.\n\
4088 The default is to return false.",
4089 bool, (void),
4090 hook_bool_void_false)
4092 /* This target hook returns an rtx that is used to store the address
4093 of the current frame into the built-in setjmp buffer. */
4094 DEFHOOK
4095 (builtin_setjmp_frame_value,
4096 "This target hook should return an rtx that is used to store\n\
4097 the address of the current frame into the built in @code{setjmp} buffer.\n\
4098 The default value, @code{virtual_stack_vars_rtx}, is correct for most\n\
4099 machines. One reason you may need to define this target hook is if\n\
4100 @code{hard_frame_pointer_rtx} is the appropriate value on your machine.",
4101 rtx, (void),
4102 default_builtin_setjmp_frame_value)
4104 /* This target hook should manipulate the outputs, inputs, constraints,
4105 and clobbers the port wishes for pre-processing the asm. */
4106 DEFHOOK
4107 (md_asm_adjust,
4108 "This target hook may add @dfn{clobbers} to @var{clobbers} and\n\
4109 @var{clobbered_regs} for any hard regs the port wishes to automatically\n\
4110 clobber for an asm. The @var{outputs} and @var{inputs} may be inspected\n\
4111 to avoid clobbering a register that is already used by the asm.\n\
4113 It may modify the @var{outputs}, @var{inputs}, and @var{constraints}\n\
4114 as necessary for other pre-processing. In this case the return value is\n\
4115 a sequence of insns to emit after the asm.",
4116 rtx_insn *,
4117 (vec<rtx>& outputs, vec<rtx>& inputs, vec<const char *>& constraints,
4118 vec<rtx>& clobbers, HARD_REG_SET& clobbered_regs),
4119 NULL)
4121 /* This target hook allows the backend to specify a calling convention
4122 in the debug information. This function actually returns an
4123 enum dwarf_calling_convention, but because of forward declarations
4124 and not wanting to include dwarf2.h everywhere target.h is included
4125 the function is being declared as an int. */
4126 DEFHOOK
4127 (dwarf_calling_convention,
4128 "Define this to enable the dwarf attribute @code{DW_AT_calling_convention} to\n\
4129 be emitted for each function. Instead of an integer return the enum\n\
4130 value for the @code{DW_CC_} tag.",
4131 int, (const_tree function),
4132 hook_int_const_tree_0)
4134 /* This target hook allows the backend to emit frame-related insns that
4135 contain UNSPECs or UNSPEC_VOLATILEs. The call frame debugging info
4136 engine will invoke it on insns of the form
4137 (set (reg) (unspec [...] UNSPEC_INDEX))
4139 (set (reg) (unspec_volatile [...] UNSPECV_INDEX))
4140 to let the backend emit the call frame instructions. */
4141 DEFHOOK
4142 (dwarf_handle_frame_unspec,
4143 "This target hook allows the backend to emit frame-related insns that\n\
4144 contain UNSPECs or UNSPEC_VOLATILEs. The DWARF 2 call frame debugging\n\
4145 info engine will invoke it on insns of the form\n\
4146 @smallexample\n\
4147 (set (reg) (unspec [@dots{}] UNSPEC_INDEX))\n\
4148 @end smallexample\n\
4149 and\n\
4150 @smallexample\n\
4151 (set (reg) (unspec_volatile [@dots{}] UNSPECV_INDEX)).\n\
4152 @end smallexample\n\
4153 to let the backend emit the call frame instructions. @var{label} is\n\
4154 the CFI label attached to the insn, @var{pattern} is the pattern of\n\
4155 the insn and @var{index} is @code{UNSPEC_INDEX} or @code{UNSPECV_INDEX}.",
4156 void, (const char *label, rtx pattern, int index), NULL)
4158 DEFHOOK
4159 (dwarf_poly_indeterminate_value,
4160 "Express the value of @code{poly_int} indeterminate @var{i} as a DWARF\n\
4161 expression, with @var{i} counting from 1. Return the number of a DWARF\n\
4162 register @var{R} and set @samp{*@var{factor}} and @samp{*@var{offset}} such\n\
4163 that the value of the indeterminate is:\n\
4164 @smallexample\n\
4165 value_of(@var{R}) / @var{factor} - @var{offset}\n\
4166 @end smallexample\n\
4168 A target only needs to define this hook if it sets\n\
4169 @samp{NUM_POLY_INT_COEFFS} to a value greater than 1.",
4170 unsigned int, (unsigned int i, unsigned int *factor, int *offset),
4171 default_dwarf_poly_indeterminate_value)
4173 /* ??? Documenting this hook requires a GFDL license grant. */
4174 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
4175 (stdarg_optimize_hook,
4176 "Perform architecture specific checking of statements gimplified\
4177 from @code{VA_ARG_EXPR}. @var{stmt} is the statement. Returns true if\
4178 the statement doesn't need to be checked for @code{va_list} references.",
4179 bool, (struct stdarg_info *ai, const gimple *stmt), NULL)
4181 /* This target hook allows the operating system to override the DECL
4182 that represents the external variable that contains the stack
4183 protection guard variable. The type of this DECL is ptr_type_node. */
4184 DEFHOOK
4185 (stack_protect_guard,
4186 "This hook returns a @code{DECL} node for the external variable to use\n\
4187 for the stack protection guard. This variable is initialized by the\n\
4188 runtime to some random value and is used to initialize the guard value\n\
4189 that is placed at the top of the local stack frame. The type of this\n\
4190 variable must be @code{ptr_type_node}.\n\
4192 The default version of this hook creates a variable called\n\
4193 @samp{__stack_chk_guard}, which is normally defined in @file{libgcc2.c}.",
4194 tree, (void),
4195 default_stack_protect_guard)
4197 /* This target hook allows the operating system to override the CALL_EXPR
4198 that is invoked when a check vs the guard variable fails. */
4199 DEFHOOK
4200 (stack_protect_fail,
4201 "This hook returns a @code{CALL_EXPR} that alerts the runtime that the\n\
4202 stack protect guard variable has been modified. This expression should\n\
4203 involve a call to a @code{noreturn} function.\n\
4205 The default version of this hook invokes a function called\n\
4206 @samp{__stack_chk_fail}, taking no arguments. This function is\n\
4207 normally defined in @file{libgcc2.c}.",
4208 tree, (void),
4209 default_external_stack_protect_fail)
4211 /* This target hook allows the operating system to disable the default stack
4212 protector runtime support. */
4213 DEFHOOK
4214 (stack_protect_runtime_enabled_p,
4215 "Returns true if the target wants GCC's default stack protect runtime support,\
4216 otherwise return false. The default implementation always returns true.",
4217 bool, (void),
4218 hook_bool_void_true)
4220 DEFHOOK
4221 (can_use_doloop_p,
4222 "Return true if it is possible to use low-overhead loops (@code{doloop_end}\n\
4223 and @code{doloop_begin}) for a particular loop. @var{iterations} gives the\n\
4224 exact number of iterations, or 0 if not known. @var{iterations_max} gives\n\
4225 the maximum number of iterations, or 0 if not known. @var{loop_depth} is\n\
4226 the nesting depth of the loop, with 1 for innermost loops, 2 for loops that\n\
4227 contain innermost loops, and so on. @var{entered_at_top} is true if the\n\
4228 loop is only entered from the top.\n\
4230 This hook is only used if @code{doloop_end} is available. The default\n\
4231 implementation returns true. You can use @code{can_use_doloop_if_innermost}\n\
4232 if the loop must be the innermost, and if there are no other restrictions.",
4233 bool, (const widest_int &iterations, const widest_int &iterations_max,
4234 unsigned int loop_depth, bool entered_at_top),
4235 hook_bool_wint_wint_uint_bool_true)
4237 /* Returns NULL if target supports the insn within a doloop block,
4238 otherwise it returns an error message. */
4239 DEFHOOK
4240 (invalid_within_doloop,
4241 "\n\
4242 Take an instruction in @var{insn} and return NULL if it is valid within a\n\
4243 low-overhead loop, otherwise return a string explaining why doloop\n\
4244 could not be applied.\n\
4246 Many targets use special registers for low-overhead looping. For any\n\
4247 instruction that clobbers these this function should return a string indicating\n\
4248 the reason why the doloop could not be applied.\n\
4249 By default, the RTL loop optimizer does not use a present doloop pattern for\n\
4250 loops containing function calls or branch on table instructions.",
4251 const char *, (const rtx_insn *insn),
4252 default_invalid_within_doloop)
4254 /* Returns true for a legitimate combined insn. */
4255 DEFHOOK
4256 (legitimate_combined_insn,
4257 "Take an instruction in @var{insn} and return @code{false} if the instruction\
4258 is not appropriate as a combination of two or more instructions. The\
4259 default is to accept all instructions.",
4260 bool, (rtx_insn *insn),
4261 hook_bool_rtx_insn_true)
4263 DEFHOOK
4264 (valid_dllimport_attribute_p,
4265 "@var{decl} is a variable or function with @code{__attribute__((dllimport))}\
4266 specified. Use this hook if the target needs to add extra validation\
4267 checks to @code{handle_dll_attribute}.",
4268 bool, (const_tree decl),
4269 hook_bool_const_tree_true)
4271 /* If non-zero, align constant anchors in CSE to a multiple of this
4272 value. */
4273 DEFHOOKPOD
4274 (const_anchor,
4275 "On some architectures it can take multiple instructions to synthesize\n\
4276 a constant. If there is another constant already in a register that\n\
4277 is close enough in value then it is preferable that the new constant\n\
4278 is computed from this register using immediate addition or\n\
4279 subtraction. We accomplish this through CSE. Besides the value of\n\
4280 the constant we also add a lower and an upper constant anchor to the\n\
4281 available expressions. These are then queried when encountering new\n\
4282 constants. The anchors are computed by rounding the constant up and\n\
4283 down to a multiple of the value of @code{TARGET_CONST_ANCHOR}.\n\
4284 @code{TARGET_CONST_ANCHOR} should be the maximum positive value\n\
4285 accepted by immediate-add plus one. We currently assume that the\n\
4286 value of @code{TARGET_CONST_ANCHOR} is a power of 2. For example, on\n\
4287 MIPS, where add-immediate takes a 16-bit signed value,\n\
4288 @code{TARGET_CONST_ANCHOR} is set to @samp{0x8000}. The default value\n\
4289 is zero, which disables this optimization.",
4290 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, 0)
4292 /* Defines, which target-dependent bits (upper 16) are used by port */
4293 DEFHOOK
4294 (memmodel_check,
4295 "Validate target specific memory model mask bits. When NULL no target specific\n\
4296 memory model bits are allowed.",
4297 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT val), NULL)
4299 /* Defines an offset bitwise ored into shifted address to get corresponding
4300 Address Sanitizer shadow address, or -1 if Address Sanitizer is not
4301 supported by the target. */
4302 DEFHOOK
4303 (asan_shadow_offset,
4304 "Return the offset bitwise ored into shifted address to get corresponding\n\
4305 Address Sanitizer shadow memory address. NULL if Address Sanitizer is not\n\
4306 supported by the target.",
4307 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, (void),
4308 NULL)
4310 /* Functions relating to calls - argument passing, returns, etc. */
4311 /* Members of struct call have no special macro prefix. */
4312 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_CALLS, calls)
4314 DEFHOOK
4315 (promote_function_mode,
4316 "Like @code{PROMOTE_MODE}, but it is applied to outgoing function arguments or\n\
4317 function return values. The target hook should return the new mode\n\
4318 and possibly change @code{*@var{punsignedp}} if the promotion should\n\
4319 change signedness. This function is called only for scalar @emph{or\n\
4320 pointer} types.\n\
4322 @var{for_return} allows to distinguish the promotion of arguments and\n\
4323 return values. If it is @code{1}, a return value is being promoted and\n\
4324 @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE} must perform the same promotions done here.\n\
4325 If it is @code{2}, the returned mode should be that of the register in\n\
4326 which an incoming parameter is copied, or the outgoing result is computed;\n\
4327 then the hook should return the same mode as @code{promote_mode}, though\n\
4328 the signedness may be different.\n\
4330 @var{type} can be NULL when promoting function arguments of libcalls.\n\
4332 The default is to not promote arguments and return values. You can\n\
4333 also define the hook to @code{default_promote_function_mode_always_promote}\n\
4334 if you would like to apply the same rules given by @code{PROMOTE_MODE}.",
4335 machine_mode, (const_tree type, machine_mode mode, int *punsignedp,
4336 const_tree funtype, int for_return),
4337 default_promote_function_mode)
4339 DEFHOOK
4340 (promote_prototypes,
4341 "This target hook returns @code{true} if an argument declared in a\n\
4342 prototype as an integral type smaller than @code{int} should actually be\n\
4343 passed as an @code{int}. In addition to avoiding errors in certain\n\
4344 cases of mismatch, it also makes for better code on certain machines.\n\
4345 The default is to not promote prototypes.",
4346 bool, (const_tree fntype),
4347 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
4349 DEFHOOK
4350 (struct_value_rtx,
4351 "This target hook should return the location of the structure value\n\
4352 address (normally a @code{mem} or @code{reg}), or 0 if the address is\n\
4353 passed as an ``invisible'' first argument. Note that @var{fndecl} may\n\
4354 be @code{NULL}, for libcalls. You do not need to define this target\n\
4355 hook if the address is always passed as an ``invisible'' first\n\
4356 argument.\n\
4358 On some architectures the place where the structure value address\n\
4359 is found by the called function is not the same place that the\n\
4360 caller put it. This can be due to register windows, or it could\n\
4361 be because the function prologue moves it to a different place.\n\
4362 @var{incoming} is @code{1} or @code{2} when the location is needed in\n\
4363 the context of the called function, and @code{0} in the context of\n\
4364 the caller.\n\
4366 If @var{incoming} is nonzero and the address is to be found on the\n\
4367 stack, return a @code{mem} which refers to the frame pointer. If\n\
4368 @var{incoming} is @code{2}, the result is being used to fetch the\n\
4369 structure value address at the beginning of a function. If you need\n\
4370 to emit adjusting code, you should do it at this point.",
4371 rtx, (tree fndecl, int incoming),
4372 hook_rtx_tree_int_null)
4374 DEFHOOKPOD
4375 (omit_struct_return_reg,
4376 "Normally, when a function returns a structure by memory, the address\n\
4377 is passed as an invisible pointer argument, but the compiler also\n\
4378 arranges to return the address from the function like it would a normal\n\
4379 pointer return value. Define this to true if that behavior is\n\
4380 undesirable on your target.",
4381 bool, false)
4383 DEFHOOK
4384 (return_in_memory,
4385 "This target hook should return a nonzero value to say to return the\n\
4386 function value in memory, just as large structures are always returned.\n\
4387 Here @var{type} will be the data type of the value, and @var{fntype}\n\
4388 will be the type of the function doing the returning, or @code{NULL} for\n\
4389 libcalls.\n\
4391 Note that values of mode @code{BLKmode} must be explicitly handled\n\
4392 by this function. Also, the option @option{-fpcc-struct-return}\n\
4393 takes effect regardless of this macro. On most systems, it is\n\
4394 possible to leave the hook undefined; this causes a default\n\
4395 definition to be used, whose value is the constant 1 for @code{BLKmode}\n\
4396 values, and 0 otherwise.\n\
4398 Do not use this hook to indicate that structures and unions should always\n\
4399 be returned in memory. You should instead use @code{DEFAULT_PCC_STRUCT_RETURN}\n\
4400 to indicate this.",
4401 bool, (const_tree type, const_tree fntype),
4402 default_return_in_memory)
4404 DEFHOOK
4405 (return_in_msb,
4406 "This hook should return true if values of type @var{type} are returned\n\
4407 at the most significant end of a register (in other words, if they are\n\
4408 padded at the least significant end). You can assume that @var{type}\n\
4409 is returned in a register; the caller is required to check this.\n\
4411 Note that the register provided by @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE} must\n\
4412 be able to hold the complete return value. For example, if a 1-, 2-\n\
4413 or 3-byte structure is returned at the most significant end of a\n\
4414 4-byte register, @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE} should provide an\n\
4415 @code{SImode} rtx.",
4416 bool, (const_tree type),
4417 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
4419 /* Return true if a parameter must be passed by reference. TYPE may
4420 be null if this is a libcall. CA may be null if this query is
4421 from __builtin_va_arg. */
4422 DEFHOOK
4423 (pass_by_reference,
4424 "This target hook should return @code{true} if an argument at the\n\
4425 position indicated by @var{cum} should be passed by reference. This\n\
4426 predicate is queried after target independent reasons for being\n\
4427 passed by reference, such as @code{TREE_ADDRESSABLE (type)}.\n\
4429 If the hook returns true, a copy of that argument is made in memory and a\n\
4430 pointer to the argument is passed instead of the argument itself.\n\
4431 The pointer is passed in whatever way is appropriate for passing a pointer\n\
4432 to that type.",
4433 bool,
4434 (cumulative_args_t cum, machine_mode mode, const_tree type, bool named),
4435 hook_bool_CUMULATIVE_ARGS_mode_tree_bool_false)
4437 DEFHOOK
4438 (expand_builtin_saveregs,
4439 "If defined, this hook produces the machine-specific code for a call to\n\
4440 @code{__builtin_saveregs}. This code will be moved to the very\n\
4441 beginning of the function, before any parameter access are made. The\n\
4442 return value of this function should be an RTX that contains the value\n\
4443 to use as the return of @code{__builtin_saveregs}.",
4444 rtx, (void),
4445 default_expand_builtin_saveregs)
4447 /* Returns pretend_argument_size. */
4448 DEFHOOK
4449 (setup_incoming_varargs,
4450 "This target hook offers an alternative to using\n\
4451 @code{__builtin_saveregs} and defining the hook\n\
4452 @code{TARGET_EXPAND_BUILTIN_SAVEREGS}. Use it to store the anonymous\n\
4453 register arguments into the stack so that all the arguments appear to\n\
4454 have been passed consecutively on the stack. Once this is done, you can\n\
4455 use the standard implementation of varargs that works for machines that\n\
4456 pass all their arguments on the stack.\n\
4458 The argument @var{args_so_far} points to the @code{CUMULATIVE_ARGS} data\n\
4459 structure, containing the values that are obtained after processing the\n\
4460 named arguments. The arguments @var{mode} and @var{type} describe the\n\
4461 last named argument---its machine mode and its data type as a tree node.\n\
4463 The target hook should do two things: first, push onto the stack all the\n\
4464 argument registers @emph{not} used for the named arguments, and second,\n\
4465 store the size of the data thus pushed into the @code{int}-valued\n\
4466 variable pointed to by @var{pretend_args_size}. The value that you\n\
4467 store here will serve as additional offset for setting up the stack\n\
4468 frame.\n\
4470 Because you must generate code to push the anonymous arguments at\n\
4471 compile time without knowing their data types,\n\
4472 @code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS} is only useful on machines that\n\
4473 have just a single category of argument register and use it uniformly\n\
4474 for all data types.\n\
4476 If the argument @var{second_time} is nonzero, it means that the\n\
4477 arguments of the function are being analyzed for the second time. This\n\
4478 happens for an inline function, which is not actually compiled until the\n\
4479 end of the source file. The hook @code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS} should\n\
4480 not generate any instructions in this case.",
4481 void, (cumulative_args_t args_so_far, machine_mode mode, tree type,
4482 int *pretend_args_size, int second_time),
4483 default_setup_incoming_varargs)
4485 DEFHOOK
4486 (load_bounds_for_arg,
4487 "This hook is used by expand pass to emit insn to load bounds of\n\
4488 @var{arg} passed in @var{slot}. Expand pass uses this hook in case\n\
4489 bounds of @var{arg} are not passed in register. If @var{slot} is a\n\
4490 memory, then bounds are loaded as for regular pointer loaded from\n\
4491 memory. If @var{slot} is not a memory then @var{slot_no} is an integer\n\
4492 constant holding number of the target dependent special slot which\n\
4493 should be used to obtain bounds. Hook returns RTX holding loaded bounds.",
4494 rtx, (rtx slot, rtx arg, rtx slot_no),
4495 default_load_bounds_for_arg)
4497 DEFHOOK
4498 (store_bounds_for_arg,
4499 "This hook is used by expand pass to emit insns to store @var{bounds} of\n\
4500 @var{arg} passed in @var{slot}. Expand pass uses this hook in case\n\
4501 @var{bounds} of @var{arg} are not passed in register. If @var{slot} is a\n\
4502 memory, then @var{bounds} are stored as for regular pointer stored in\n\
4503 memory. If @var{slot} is not a memory then @var{slot_no} is an integer\n\
4504 constant holding number of the target dependent special slot which\n\
4505 should be used to store @var{bounds}.",
4506 void, (rtx arg, rtx slot, rtx bounds, rtx slot_no),
4507 default_store_bounds_for_arg)
4509 DEFHOOK
4510 (load_returned_bounds,
4511 "This hook is used by expand pass to emit insn to load bounds\n\
4512 returned by function call in @var{slot}. Hook returns RTX holding\n\
4513 loaded bounds.",
4514 rtx, (rtx slot),
4515 default_load_returned_bounds)
4517 DEFHOOK
4518 (store_returned_bounds,
4519 "This hook is used by expand pass to emit insn to store @var{bounds}\n\
4520 returned by function call into @var{slot}.",
4521 void, (rtx slot, rtx bounds),
4522 default_store_returned_bounds)
4524 DEFHOOK
4525 (setup_incoming_vararg_bounds,
4526 "Use it to store bounds for anonymous register arguments stored\n\
4527 into the stack. Arguments meaning is similar to\n\
4528 @code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS}.",
4529 void, (cumulative_args_t args_so_far, machine_mode mode, tree type,
4530 int *pretend_args_size, int second_time),
4531 default_setup_incoming_vararg_bounds)
4533 DEFHOOK
4534 (call_args,
4535 "While generating RTL for a function call, this target hook is invoked once\n\
4536 for each argument passed to the function, either a register returned by\n\
4537 @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} or a memory location. It is called just\n\
4538 before the point where argument registers are stored. The type of the\n\
4539 function to be called is also passed as the second argument; it is\n\
4540 @code{NULL_TREE} for libcalls. The @code{TARGET_END_CALL_ARGS} hook is\n\
4541 invoked just after the code to copy the return reg has been emitted.\n\
4542 This functionality can be used to perform special setup of call argument\n\
4543 registers if a target needs it.\n\
4544 For functions without arguments, the hook is called once with @code{pc_rtx}\n\
4545 passed instead of an argument register.\n\
4546 Most ports do not need to implement anything for this hook.",
4547 void, (rtx, tree),
4548 hook_void_rtx_tree)
4550 DEFHOOK
4551 (end_call_args,
4552 "This target hook is invoked while generating RTL for a function call,\n\
4553 just after the point where the return reg is copied into a pseudo. It\n\
4554 signals that all the call argument and return registers for the just\n\
4555 emitted call are now no longer in use.\n\
4556 Most ports do not need to implement anything for this hook.",
4557 void, (void),
4558 hook_void_void)
4560 DEFHOOK
4561 (strict_argument_naming,
4562 "Define this hook to return @code{true} if the location where a function\n\
4563 argument is passed depends on whether or not it is a named argument.\n\
4565 This hook controls how the @var{named} argument to @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG}\n\
4566 is set for varargs and stdarg functions. If this hook returns\n\
4567 @code{true}, the @var{named} argument is always true for named\n\
4568 arguments, and false for unnamed arguments. If it returns @code{false},\n\
4569 but @code{TARGET_PRETEND_OUTGOING_VARARGS_NAMED} returns @code{true},\n\
4570 then all arguments are treated as named. Otherwise, all named arguments\n\
4571 except the last are treated as named.\n\
4573 You need not define this hook if it always returns @code{false}.",
4574 bool, (cumulative_args_t ca),
4575 hook_bool_CUMULATIVE_ARGS_false)
4577 /* Returns true if we should use
4578 targetm.calls.setup_incoming_varargs() and/or
4579 targetm.calls.strict_argument_naming(). */
4580 DEFHOOK
4581 (pretend_outgoing_varargs_named,
4582 "If you need to conditionally change ABIs so that one works with\n\
4583 @code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS}, but the other works like neither\n\
4584 @code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS} nor @code{TARGET_STRICT_ARGUMENT_NAMING} was\n\
4585 defined, then define this hook to return @code{true} if\n\
4586 @code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS} is used, @code{false} otherwise.\n\
4587 Otherwise, you should not define this hook.",
4588 bool, (cumulative_args_t ca),
4589 default_pretend_outgoing_varargs_named)
4591 /* Given a complex type T, return true if a parameter of type T
4592 should be passed as two scalars. */
4593 DEFHOOK
4594 (split_complex_arg,
4595 "This hook should return true if parameter of type @var{type} are passed\n\
4596 as two scalar parameters. By default, GCC will attempt to pack complex\n\
4597 arguments into the target's word size. Some ABIs require complex arguments\n\
4598 to be split and treated as their individual components. For example, on\n\
4599 AIX64, complex floats should be passed in a pair of floating point\n\
4600 registers, even though a complex float would fit in one 64-bit floating\n\
4601 point register.\n\
4603 The default value of this hook is @code{NULL}, which is treated as always\n\
4604 false.",
4605 bool, (const_tree type), NULL)
4607 /* Return true if type T, mode MODE, may not be passed in registers,
4608 but must be passed on the stack. */
4609 /* ??? This predicate should be applied strictly after pass-by-reference.
4610 Need audit to verify that this is the case. */
4611 DEFHOOK
4612 (must_pass_in_stack,
4613 "This target hook should return @code{true} if we should not pass @var{type}\n\
4614 solely in registers. The file @file{expr.h} defines a\n\
4615 definition that is usually appropriate, refer to @file{expr.h} for additional\n\
4616 documentation.",
4617 bool, (machine_mode mode, const_tree type),
4618 must_pass_in_stack_var_size_or_pad)
4620 /* Return true if type TYPE, mode MODE, which is passed by reference,
4621 should have the object copy generated by the callee rather than
4622 the caller. It is never called for TYPE requiring constructors. */
4623 DEFHOOK
4624 (callee_copies,
4625 "The function argument described by the parameters to this hook is\n\
4626 known to be passed by reference. The hook should return true if the\n\
4627 function argument should be copied by the callee instead of copied\n\
4628 by the caller.\n\
4630 For any argument for which the hook returns true, if it can be\n\
4631 determined that the argument is not modified, then a copy need\n\
4632 not be generated.\n\
4634 The default version of this hook always returns false.",
4635 bool,
4636 (cumulative_args_t cum, machine_mode mode, const_tree type, bool named),
4637 hook_bool_CUMULATIVE_ARGS_mode_tree_bool_false)
4639 /* Return zero for arguments passed entirely on the stack or entirely
4640 in registers. If passed in both, return the number of bytes passed
4641 in registers; the balance is therefore passed on the stack. */
4642 DEFHOOK
4643 (arg_partial_bytes,
4644 "This target hook returns the number of bytes at the beginning of an\n\
4645 argument that must be put in registers. The value must be zero for\n\
4646 arguments that are passed entirely in registers or that are entirely\n\
4647 pushed on the stack.\n\
4649 On some machines, certain arguments must be passed partially in\n\
4650 registers and partially in memory. On these machines, typically the\n\
4651 first few words of arguments are passed in registers, and the rest\n\
4652 on the stack. If a multi-word argument (a @code{double} or a\n\
4653 structure) crosses that boundary, its first few words must be passed\n\
4654 in registers and the rest must be pushed. This macro tells the\n\
4655 compiler when this occurs, and how many bytes should go in registers.\n\
4657 @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} for these arguments should return the first\n\
4658 register to be used by the caller for this argument; likewise\n\
4659 @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_INCOMING_ARG}, for the called function.",
4660 int, (cumulative_args_t cum, machine_mode mode, tree type, bool named),
4661 hook_int_CUMULATIVE_ARGS_mode_tree_bool_0)
4663 /* Update the state in CA to advance past an argument in the
4664 argument list. The values MODE, TYPE, and NAMED describe that
4665 argument. */
4666 DEFHOOK
4667 (function_arg_advance,
4668 "This hook updates the summarizer variable pointed to by @var{ca} to\n\
4669 advance past an argument in the argument list. The values @var{mode},\n\
4670 @var{type} and @var{named} describe that argument. Once this is done,\n\
4671 the variable @var{cum} is suitable for analyzing the @emph{following}\n\
4672 argument with @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG}, etc.\n\
4674 This hook need not do anything if the argument in question was passed\n\
4675 on the stack. The compiler knows how to track the amount of stack space\n\
4676 used for arguments without any special help.",
4677 void,
4678 (cumulative_args_t ca, machine_mode mode, const_tree type, bool named),
4679 default_function_arg_advance)
4681 DEFHOOK
4682 (function_arg_offset,
4683 "This hook returns the number of bytes to add to the offset of an\n\
4684 argument of type @var{type} and mode @var{mode} when passed in memory.\n\
4685 This is needed for the SPU, which passes @code{char} and @code{short}\n\
4686 arguments in the preferred slot that is in the middle of the quad word\n\
4687 instead of starting at the top. The default implementation returns 0.",
4688 HOST_WIDE_INT, (machine_mode mode, const_tree type),
4689 default_function_arg_offset)
4691 DEFHOOK
4692 (function_arg_padding,
4693 "This hook determines whether, and in which direction, to pad out\n\
4694 an argument of mode @var{mode} and type @var{type}. It returns\n\
4695 @code{PAD_UPWARD} to insert padding above the argument, @code{PAD_DOWNWARD}\n\
4696 to insert padding below the argument, or @code{PAD_NONE} to inhibit padding.\n\
4698 The @emph{amount} of padding is not controlled by this hook, but by\n\
4699 @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG_ROUND_BOUNDARY}. It is always just enough\n\
4700 to reach the next multiple of that boundary.\n\
4702 This hook has a default definition that is right for most systems.\n\
4703 For little-endian machines, the default is to pad upward. For\n\
4704 big-endian machines, the default is to pad downward for an argument of\n\
4705 constant size shorter than an @code{int}, and upward otherwise.",
4706 pad_direction, (machine_mode mode, const_tree type),
4707 default_function_arg_padding)
4709 /* Return zero if the argument described by the state of CA should
4710 be placed on a stack, or a hard register in which to store the
4711 argument. The values MODE, TYPE, and NAMED describe that
4712 argument. */
4713 DEFHOOK
4714 (function_arg,
4715 "Return an RTX indicating whether a function argument is passed in a\n\
4716 register and if so, which register.\n\
4718 The arguments are @var{ca}, which summarizes all the previous\n\
4719 arguments; @var{mode}, the machine mode of the argument; @var{type},\n\
4720 the data type of the argument as a tree node or 0 if that is not known\n\
4721 (which happens for C support library functions); and @var{named},\n\
4722 which is @code{true} for an ordinary argument and @code{false} for\n\
4723 nameless arguments that correspond to @samp{@dots{}} in the called\n\
4724 function's prototype. @var{type} can be an incomplete type if a\n\
4725 syntax error has previously occurred.\n\
4727 The return value is usually either a @code{reg} RTX for the hard\n\
4728 register in which to pass the argument, or zero to pass the argument\n\
4729 on the stack.\n\
4731 The return value can be a @code{const_int} which means argument is\n\
4732 passed in a target specific slot with specified number. Target hooks\n\
4733 should be used to store or load argument in such case. See\n\
4734 @code{TARGET_STORE_BOUNDS_FOR_ARG} and @code{TARGET_LOAD_BOUNDS_FOR_ARG}\n\
4735 for more information.\n\
4737 The value of the expression can also be a @code{parallel} RTX@. This is\n\
4738 used when an argument is passed in multiple locations. The mode of the\n\
4739 @code{parallel} should be the mode of the entire argument. The\n\
4740 @code{parallel} holds any number of @code{expr_list} pairs; each one\n\
4741 describes where part of the argument is passed. In each\n\
4742 @code{expr_list} the first operand must be a @code{reg} RTX for the hard\n\
4743 register in which to pass this part of the argument, and the mode of the\n\
4744 register RTX indicates how large this part of the argument is. The\n\
4745 second operand of the @code{expr_list} is a @code{const_int} which gives\n\
4746 the offset in bytes into the entire argument of where this part starts.\n\
4747 As a special exception the first @code{expr_list} in the @code{parallel}\n\
4748 RTX may have a first operand of zero. This indicates that the entire\n\
4749 argument is also stored on the stack.\n\
4751 The last time this hook is called, it is called with @code{MODE ==\n\
4752 VOIDmode}, and its result is passed to the @code{call} or @code{call_value}\n\
4753 pattern as operands 2 and 3 respectively.\n\
4755 @cindex @file{stdarg.h} and register arguments\n\
4756 The usual way to make the ISO library @file{stdarg.h} work on a\n\
4757 machine where some arguments are usually passed in registers, is to\n\
4758 cause nameless arguments to be passed on the stack instead. This is\n\
4759 done by making @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} return 0 whenever\n\
4760 @var{named} is @code{false}.\n\
4762 @cindex @code{TARGET_MUST_PASS_IN_STACK}, and @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG}\n\
4763 @cindex @code{REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE}, and @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG}\n\
4764 You may use the hook @code{targetm.calls.must_pass_in_stack}\n\
4765 in the definition of this macro to determine if this argument is of a\n\
4766 type that must be passed in the stack. If @code{REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE}\n\
4767 is not defined and @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} returns nonzero for such an\n\
4768 argument, the compiler will abort. If @code{REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE} is\n\
4769 defined, the argument will be computed in the stack and then loaded into\n\
4770 a register.",
4771 rtx, (cumulative_args_t ca, machine_mode mode, const_tree type,
4772 bool named),
4773 default_function_arg)
4775 DEFHOOK
4776 (function_incoming_arg,
4777 "Define this hook if the caller and callee on the target have different\n\
4778 views of where arguments are passed. Also define this hook if there are\n\
4779 functions that are never directly called, but are invoked by the hardware\n\
4780 and which have nonstandard calling conventions.\n\
4782 In this case @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} computes the register in\n\
4783 which the caller passes the value, and\n\
4784 @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_INCOMING_ARG} should be defined in a similar\n\
4785 fashion to tell the function being called where the arguments will\n\
4786 arrive.\n\
4788 @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_INCOMING_ARG} can also return arbitrary address\n\
4789 computation using hard register, which can be forced into a register,\n\
4790 so that it can be used to pass special arguments.\n\
4792 If @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_INCOMING_ARG} is not defined,\n\
4793 @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} serves both purposes.",
4794 rtx, (cumulative_args_t ca, machine_mode mode, const_tree type,
4795 bool named),
4796 default_function_incoming_arg)
4798 DEFHOOK
4799 (function_arg_boundary,
4800 "This hook returns the alignment boundary, in bits, of an argument\n\
4801 with the specified mode and type. The default hook returns\n\
4802 @code{PARM_BOUNDARY} for all arguments.",
4803 unsigned int, (machine_mode mode, const_tree type),
4804 default_function_arg_boundary)
4806 DEFHOOK
4807 (function_arg_round_boundary,
4808 "Normally, the size of an argument is rounded up to @code{PARM_BOUNDARY},\n\
4809 which is the default value for this hook. You can define this hook to\n\
4810 return a different value if an argument size must be rounded to a larger\n\
4811 value.",
4812 unsigned int, (machine_mode mode, const_tree type),
4813 default_function_arg_round_boundary)
4815 /* Return the diagnostic message string if function without a prototype
4816 is not allowed for this 'val' argument; NULL otherwise. */
4817 DEFHOOK
4818 (invalid_arg_for_unprototyped_fn,
4819 "If defined, this macro returns the diagnostic message when it is\n\
4820 illegal to pass argument @var{val} to function @var{funcdecl}\n\
4821 with prototype @var{typelist}.",
4822 const char *, (const_tree typelist, const_tree funcdecl, const_tree val),
4823 hook_invalid_arg_for_unprototyped_fn)
4825 /* Return an rtx for the return value location of the function
4826 specified by FN_DECL_OR_TYPE with a return type of RET_TYPE. */
4827 DEFHOOK
4828 (function_value,
4829 "\n\
4830 Define this to return an RTX representing the place where a function\n\
4831 returns or receives a value of data type @var{ret_type}, a tree node\n\
4832 representing a data type. @var{fn_decl_or_type} is a tree node\n\
4833 representing @code{FUNCTION_DECL} or @code{FUNCTION_TYPE} of a\n\
4834 function being called. If @var{outgoing} is false, the hook should\n\
4835 compute the register in which the caller will see the return value.\n\
4836 Otherwise, the hook should return an RTX representing the place where\n\
4837 a function returns a value.\n\
4839 On many machines, only @code{TYPE_MODE (@var{ret_type})} is relevant.\n\
4840 (Actually, on most machines, scalar values are returned in the same\n\
4841 place regardless of mode.) The value of the expression is usually a\n\
4842 @code{reg} RTX for the hard register where the return value is stored.\n\
4843 The value can also be a @code{parallel} RTX, if the return value is in\n\
4844 multiple places. See @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} for an explanation of the\n\
4845 @code{parallel} form. Note that the callee will populate every\n\
4846 location specified in the @code{parallel}, but if the first element of\n\
4847 the @code{parallel} contains the whole return value, callers will use\n\
4848 that element as the canonical location and ignore the others. The m68k\n\
4849 port uses this type of @code{parallel} to return pointers in both\n\
4850 @samp{%a0} (the canonical location) and @samp{%d0}.\n\
4852 If @code{TARGET_PROMOTE_FUNCTION_RETURN} returns true, you must apply\n\
4853 the same promotion rules specified in @code{PROMOTE_MODE} if\n\
4854 @var{valtype} is a scalar type.\n\
4856 If the precise function being called is known, @var{func} is a tree\n\
4857 node (@code{FUNCTION_DECL}) for it; otherwise, @var{func} is a null\n\
4858 pointer. This makes it possible to use a different value-returning\n\
4859 convention for specific functions when all their calls are\n\
4860 known.\n\
4862 Some target machines have ``register windows'' so that the register in\n\
4863 which a function returns its value is not the same as the one in which\n\
4864 the caller sees the value. For such machines, you should return\n\
4865 different RTX depending on @var{outgoing}.\n\
4867 @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE} is not used for return values with\n\
4868 aggregate data types, because these are returned in another way. See\n\
4869 @code{TARGET_STRUCT_VALUE_RTX} and related macros, below.",
4870 rtx, (const_tree ret_type, const_tree fn_decl_or_type, bool outgoing),
4871 default_function_value)
4873 /* Return the rtx for bounds of returned pointer. */
4874 DEFHOOK
4875 (chkp_function_value_bounds,
4876 "Define this to return an RTX representing the place where a function\n\
4877 returns bounds for returned pointers. Arguments meaning is similar to\n\
4878 @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE}.",
4879 rtx, (const_tree ret_type, const_tree fn_decl_or_type, bool outgoing),
4880 default_chkp_function_value_bounds)
4882 /* Return the rtx for the result of a libcall of mode MODE,
4883 calling the function FN_NAME. */
4884 DEFHOOK
4885 (libcall_value,
4886 "Define this hook if the back-end needs to know the name of the libcall\n\
4887 function in order to determine where the result should be returned.\n\
4889 The mode of the result is given by @var{mode} and the name of the called\n\
4890 library function is given by @var{fun}. The hook should return an RTX\n\
4891 representing the place where the library function result will be returned.\n\
4893 If this hook is not defined, then LIBCALL_VALUE will be used.",
4894 rtx, (machine_mode mode, const_rtx fun),
4895 default_libcall_value)
4897 /* Return true if REGNO is a possible register number for
4898 a function value as seen by the caller. */
4899 DEFHOOK
4900 (function_value_regno_p,
4901 "A target hook that return @code{true} if @var{regno} is the number of a hard\n\
4902 register in which the values of called function may come back.\n\
4904 A register whose use for returning values is limited to serving as the\n\
4905 second of a pair (for a value of type @code{double}, say) need not be\n\
4906 recognized by this target hook.\n\
4908 If the machine has register windows, so that the caller and the called\n\
4909 function use different registers for the return value, this target hook\n\
4910 should recognize only the caller's register numbers.\n\
4912 If this hook is not defined, then FUNCTION_VALUE_REGNO_P will be used.",
4913 bool, (const unsigned int regno),
4914 default_function_value_regno_p)
4916 /* ??? Documenting this hook requires a GFDL license grant. */
4917 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
4918 (internal_arg_pointer,
4919 "Return an rtx for the argument pointer incoming to the\
4920 current function.",
4921 rtx, (void),
4922 default_internal_arg_pointer)
4924 /* Update the current function stack boundary if needed. */
4925 DEFHOOK
4926 (update_stack_boundary,
4927 "Define this macro to update the current function stack boundary if\n\
4928 necessary.",
4929 void, (void), NULL)
4931 /* Handle stack alignment and return an rtx for Dynamic Realign
4932 Argument Pointer if necessary. */
4933 DEFHOOK
4934 (get_drap_rtx,
4935 "This hook should return an rtx for Dynamic Realign Argument Pointer (DRAP) if a\n\
4936 different argument pointer register is needed to access the function's\n\
4937 argument list due to stack realignment. Return @code{NULL} if no DRAP\n\
4938 is needed.",
4939 rtx, (void), NULL)
4941 /* Return true if all function parameters should be spilled to the
4942 stack. */
4943 DEFHOOK
4944 (allocate_stack_slots_for_args,
4945 "When optimization is disabled, this hook indicates whether or not\n\
4946 arguments should be allocated to stack slots. Normally, GCC allocates\n\
4947 stacks slots for arguments when not optimizing in order to make\n\
4948 debugging easier. However, when a function is declared with\n\
4949 @code{__attribute__((naked))}, there is no stack frame, and the compiler\n\
4950 cannot safely move arguments from the registers in which they are passed\n\
4951 to the stack. Therefore, this hook should return true in general, but\n\
4952 false for naked functions. The default implementation always returns true.",
4953 bool, (void),
4954 hook_bool_void_true)
4956 /* Return an rtx for the static chain for FNDECL_OR_TYPE. If INCOMING_P
4957 is true, then it should be for the callee; otherwise for the caller. */
4958 DEFHOOK
4959 (static_chain,
4960 "This hook replaces the use of @code{STATIC_CHAIN_REGNUM} et al for\n\
4961 targets that may use different static chain locations for different\n\
4962 nested functions. This may be required if the target has function\n\
4963 attributes that affect the calling conventions of the function and\n\
4964 those calling conventions use different static chain locations.\n\
4966 The default version of this hook uses @code{STATIC_CHAIN_REGNUM} et al.\n\
4968 If the static chain is passed in memory, this hook should be used to\n\
4969 provide rtx giving @code{mem} expressions that denote where they are stored.\n\
4970 Often the @code{mem} expression as seen by the caller will be at an offset\n\
4971 from the stack pointer and the @code{mem} expression as seen by the callee\n\
4972 will be at an offset from the frame pointer.\n\
4973 @findex stack_pointer_rtx\n\
4974 @findex frame_pointer_rtx\n\
4975 @findex arg_pointer_rtx\n\
4976 The variables @code{stack_pointer_rtx}, @code{frame_pointer_rtx}, and\n\
4977 @code{arg_pointer_rtx} will have been initialized and should be used\n\
4978 to refer to those items.",
4979 rtx, (const_tree fndecl_or_type, bool incoming_p),
4980 default_static_chain)
4982 /* Fill in the trampoline at MEM with a call to FNDECL and a
4983 static chain value of CHAIN. */
4984 DEFHOOK
4985 (trampoline_init,
4986 "This hook is called to initialize a trampoline.\n\
4987 @var{m_tramp} is an RTX for the memory block for the trampoline; @var{fndecl}\n\
4988 is the @code{FUNCTION_DECL} for the nested function; @var{static_chain} is an\n\
4989 RTX for the static chain value that should be passed to the function\n\
4990 when it is called.\n\
4992 If the target defines @code{TARGET_ASM_TRAMPOLINE_TEMPLATE}, then the\n\
4993 first thing this hook should do is emit a block move into @var{m_tramp}\n\
4994 from the memory block returned by @code{assemble_trampoline_template}.\n\
4995 Note that the block move need only cover the constant parts of the\n\
4996 trampoline. If the target isolates the variable parts of the trampoline\n\
4997 to the end, not all @code{TRAMPOLINE_SIZE} bytes need be copied.\n\
4999 If the target requires any other actions, such as flushing caches or\n\
5000 enabling stack execution, these actions should be performed after\n\
5001 initializing the trampoline proper.",
5002 void, (rtx m_tramp, tree fndecl, rtx static_chain),
5003 default_trampoline_init)
5005 /* Adjust the address of the trampoline in a target-specific way. */
5006 DEFHOOK
5007 (trampoline_adjust_address,
5008 "This hook should perform any machine-specific adjustment in\n\
5009 the address of the trampoline. Its argument contains the address of the\n\
5010 memory block that was passed to @code{TARGET_TRAMPOLINE_INIT}. In case\n\
5011 the address to be used for a function call should be different from the\n\
5012 address at which the template was stored, the different address should\n\
5013 be returned; otherwise @var{addr} should be returned unchanged.\n\
5014 If this hook is not defined, @var{addr} will be used for function calls.",
5015 rtx, (rtx addr), NULL)
5017 DEFHOOKPOD
5018 (custom_function_descriptors,
5019 "This hook should be defined to a power of 2 if the target will benefit\n\
5020 from the use of custom descriptors for nested functions instead of the\n\
5021 standard trampolines. Such descriptors are created at run time on the\n\
5022 stack and made up of data only, but they are non-standard so the generated\n\
5023 code must be prepared to deal with them. This hook should be defined to 0\n\
5024 if the target uses function descriptors for its standard calling sequence,\n\
5025 like for example HP-PA or IA-64. Using descriptors for nested functions\n\
5026 eliminates the need for trampolines that reside on the stack and require\n\
5027 it to be made executable.\n\
5029 The value of the macro is used to parameterize the run-time identification\n\
5030 scheme implemented to distinguish descriptors from function addresses: it\n\
5031 gives the number of bytes by which their address is misaligned compared\n\
5032 with function addresses. The value of 1 will generally work, unless it is\n\
5033 already reserved by the target for another purpose, like for example on ARM.",\
5034 int, -1)
5036 /* Return the number of bytes of its own arguments that a function
5037 pops on returning, or 0 if the function pops no arguments and the
5038 caller must therefore pop them all after the function returns. */
5039 /* ??? tm.texi has no types for the parameters. */
5040 DEFHOOK
5041 (return_pops_args,
5042 "This target hook returns the number of bytes of its own arguments that\n\
5043 a function pops on returning, or 0 if the function pops no arguments\n\
5044 and the caller must therefore pop them all after the function returns.\n\
5046 @var{fundecl} is a C variable whose value is a tree node that describes\n\
5047 the function in question. Normally it is a node of type\n\
5048 @code{FUNCTION_DECL} that describes the declaration of the function.\n\
5049 From this you can obtain the @code{DECL_ATTRIBUTES} of the function.\n\
5051 @var{funtype} is a C variable whose value is a tree node that\n\
5052 describes the function in question. Normally it is a node of type\n\
5053 @code{FUNCTION_TYPE} that describes the data type of the function.\n\
5054 From this it is possible to obtain the data types of the value and\n\
5055 arguments (if known).\n\
5057 When a call to a library function is being considered, @var{fundecl}\n\
5058 will contain an identifier node for the library function. Thus, if\n\
5059 you need to distinguish among various library functions, you can do so\n\
5060 by their names. Note that ``library function'' in this context means\n\
5061 a function used to perform arithmetic, whose name is known specially\n\
5062 in the compiler and was not mentioned in the C code being compiled.\n\
5064 @var{size} is the number of bytes of arguments passed on the\n\
5065 stack. If a variable number of bytes is passed, it is zero, and\n\
5066 argument popping will always be the responsibility of the calling function.\n\
5068 On the VAX, all functions always pop their arguments, so the definition\n\
5069 of this macro is @var{size}. On the 68000, using the standard\n\
5070 calling convention, no functions pop their arguments, so the value of\n\
5071 the macro is always 0 in this case. But an alternative calling\n\
5072 convention is available in which functions that take a fixed number of\n\
5073 arguments pop them but other functions (such as @code{printf}) pop\n\
5074 nothing (the caller pops all). When this convention is in use,\n\
5075 @var{funtype} is examined to determine whether a function takes a fixed\n\
5076 number of arguments.",
5077 poly_int64, (tree fundecl, tree funtype, poly_int64 size),
5078 default_return_pops_args)
5080 /* Return a mode wide enough to copy any function value that might be
5081 returned. */
5082 DEFHOOK
5083 (get_raw_result_mode,
5084 "This target hook returns the mode to be used when accessing raw return\
5085 registers in @code{__builtin_return}. Define this macro if the value\
5086 in @var{reg_raw_mode} is not correct.",
5087 fixed_size_mode, (int regno),
5088 default_get_reg_raw_mode)
5090 /* Return a mode wide enough to copy any argument value that might be
5091 passed. */
5092 DEFHOOK
5093 (get_raw_arg_mode,
5094 "This target hook returns the mode to be used when accessing raw argument\
5095 registers in @code{__builtin_apply_args}. Define this macro if the value\
5096 in @var{reg_raw_mode} is not correct.",
5097 fixed_size_mode, (int regno),
5098 default_get_reg_raw_mode)
5100 /* Return true if a type is an empty record. */
5101 DEFHOOK
5102 (empty_record_p,
5103 "This target hook returns true if the type is an empty record. The default\n\
5104 is to return @code{false}.",
5105 bool, (const_tree type),
5106 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
5108 /* Warn about the change in empty class parameter passing ABI. */
5109 DEFHOOK
5110 (warn_parameter_passing_abi,
5111 "This target hook warns about the change in empty class parameter passing\n\
5112 ABI.",
5113 void, (cumulative_args_t ca, tree type),
5114 hook_void_CUMULATIVE_ARGS_tree)
5116 HOOK_VECTOR_END (calls)
5118 DEFHOOK
5119 (use_pseudo_pic_reg,
5120 "This hook should return 1 in case pseudo register should be created\n\
5121 for pic_offset_table_rtx during function expand.",
5122 bool, (void),
5123 hook_bool_void_false)
5125 DEFHOOK
5126 (init_pic_reg,
5127 "Perform a target dependent initialization of pic_offset_table_rtx.\n\
5128 This hook is called at the start of register allocation.",
5129 void, (void),
5130 hook_void_void)
5132 /* Return the diagnostic message string if conversion from FROMTYPE
5133 to TOTYPE is not allowed, NULL otherwise. */
5134 DEFHOOK
5135 (invalid_conversion,
5136 "If defined, this macro returns the diagnostic message when it is\n\
5137 invalid to convert from @var{fromtype} to @var{totype}, or @code{NULL}\n\
5138 if validity should be determined by the front end.",
5139 const char *, (const_tree fromtype, const_tree totype),
5140 hook_constcharptr_const_tree_const_tree_null)
5142 /* Return the diagnostic message string if the unary operation OP is
5143 not permitted on TYPE, NULL otherwise. */
5144 DEFHOOK
5145 (invalid_unary_op,
5146 "If defined, this macro returns the diagnostic message when it is\n\
5147 invalid to apply operation @var{op} (where unary plus is denoted by\n\
5148 @code{CONVERT_EXPR}) to an operand of type @var{type}, or @code{NULL}\n\
5149 if validity should be determined by the front end.",
5150 const char *, (int op, const_tree type),
5151 hook_constcharptr_int_const_tree_null)
5153 /* Return the diagnostic message string if the binary operation OP
5154 is not permitted on TYPE1 and TYPE2, NULL otherwise. */
5155 DEFHOOK
5156 (invalid_binary_op,
5157 "If defined, this macro returns the diagnostic message when it is\n\
5158 invalid to apply operation @var{op} to operands of types @var{type1}\n\
5159 and @var{type2}, or @code{NULL} if validity should be determined by\n\
5160 the front end.",
5161 const char *, (int op, const_tree type1, const_tree type2),
5162 hook_constcharptr_int_const_tree_const_tree_null)
5164 /* If values of TYPE are promoted to some other type when used in
5165 expressions (analogous to the integer promotions), return that type,
5166 or NULL_TREE otherwise. */
5167 DEFHOOK
5168 (promoted_type,
5169 "If defined, this target hook returns the type to which values of\n\
5170 @var{type} should be promoted when they appear in expressions,\n\
5171 analogous to the integer promotions, or @code{NULL_TREE} to use the\n\
5172 front end's normal promotion rules. This hook is useful when there are\n\
5173 target-specific types with special promotion rules.\n\
5174 This is currently used only by the C and C++ front ends.",
5175 tree, (const_tree type),
5176 hook_tree_const_tree_null)
5178 /* Convert EXPR to TYPE, if target-specific types with special conversion
5179 rules are involved. Return the converted expression, or NULL to apply
5180 the standard conversion rules. */
5181 DEFHOOK
5182 (convert_to_type,
5183 "If defined, this hook returns the result of converting @var{expr} to\n\
5184 @var{type}. It should return the converted expression,\n\
5185 or @code{NULL_TREE} to apply the front end's normal conversion rules.\n\
5186 This hook is useful when there are target-specific types with special\n\
5187 conversion rules.\n\
5188 This is currently used only by the C and C++ front ends.",
5189 tree, (tree type, tree expr),
5190 hook_tree_tree_tree_null)
5192 DEFHOOK
5193 (can_change_mode_class,
5194 "This hook returns true if it is possible to bitcast values held in\n\
5195 registers of class @var{rclass} from mode @var{from} to mode @var{to}\n\
5196 and if doing so preserves the low-order bits that are common to both modes.\n\
5197 The result is only meaningful if @var{rclass} has registers that can hold\n\
5198 both @code{from} and @code{to}. The default implementation returns true.\n\
5200 As an example of when such bitcasting is invalid, loading 32-bit integer or\n\
5201 floating-point objects into floating-point registers on Alpha extends them\n\
5202 to 64 bits. Therefore loading a 64-bit object and then storing it as a\n\
5203 32-bit object does not store the low-order 32 bits, as would be the case\n\
5204 for a normal register. Therefore, @file{alpha.h} defines\n\
5205 @code{TARGET_CAN_CHANGE_MODE_CLASS} to return:\n\
5207 @smallexample\n\
5208 (GET_MODE_SIZE (from) == GET_MODE_SIZE (to)\n\
5209 || !reg_classes_intersect_p (FLOAT_REGS, rclass))\n\
5210 @end smallexample\n\
5212 Even if storing from a register in mode @var{to} would be valid,\n\
5213 if both @var{from} and @code{raw_reg_mode} for @var{rclass} are wider\n\
5214 than @code{word_mode}, then we must prevent @var{to} narrowing the\n\
5215 mode. This happens when the middle-end assumes that it can load\n\
5216 or store pieces of an @var{N}-word pseudo, and that the pseudo will\n\
5217 eventually be allocated to @var{N} @code{word_mode} hard registers.\n\
5218 Failure to prevent this kind of mode change will result in the\n\
5219 entire @code{raw_reg_mode} being modified instead of the partial\n\
5220 value that the middle-end intended.",
5221 bool, (machine_mode from, machine_mode to, reg_class_t rclass),
5222 hook_bool_mode_mode_reg_class_t_true)
5224 /* Change pseudo allocno class calculated by IRA. */
5225 DEFHOOK
5226 (ira_change_pseudo_allocno_class,
5227 "A target hook which can change allocno class for given pseudo from\n\
5228 allocno and best class calculated by IRA.\n\
5230 The default version of this target hook always returns given class.",
5231 reg_class_t, (int, reg_class_t, reg_class_t),
5232 default_ira_change_pseudo_allocno_class)
5234 /* Return true if we use LRA instead of reload. */
5235 DEFHOOK
5236 (lra_p,
5237 "A target hook which returns true if we use LRA instead of reload pass.\
5239 The default version of this target hook returns true. New ports\
5240 should use LRA, and existing ports are encouraged to convert.",
5241 bool, (void),
5242 default_lra_p)
5244 /* Return register priority of given hard regno for the current target. */
5245 DEFHOOK
5246 (register_priority,
5247 "A target hook which returns the register priority number to which the\
5248 register @var{hard_regno} belongs to. The bigger the number, the\
5249 more preferable the hard register usage (when all other conditions are\
5250 the same). This hook can be used to prefer some hard register over\
5251 others in LRA. For example, some x86-64 register usage needs\
5252 additional prefix which makes instructions longer. The hook can\
5253 return lower priority number for such registers make them less favorable\
5254 and as result making the generated code smaller.\
5256 The default version of this target hook returns always zero.",
5257 int, (int),
5258 default_register_priority)
5260 /* Return true if we need register usage leveling. */
5261 DEFHOOK
5262 (register_usage_leveling_p,
5263 "A target hook which returns true if we need register usage leveling.\
5264 That means if a few hard registers are equally good for the\
5265 assignment, we choose the least used hard register. The register\
5266 usage leveling may be profitable for some targets. Don't use the\
5267 usage leveling for targets with conditional execution or targets\
5268 with big register files as it hurts if-conversion and cross-jumping\
5269 optimizations.\
5271 The default version of this target hook returns always false.",
5272 bool, (void),
5273 default_register_usage_leveling_p)
5275 /* Return true if maximal address displacement can be different. */
5276 DEFHOOK
5277 (different_addr_displacement_p,
5278 "A target hook which returns true if an address with the same structure\
5279 can have different maximal legitimate displacement. For example, the\
5280 displacement can depend on memory mode or on operand combinations in\
5281 the insn.\
5283 The default version of this target hook returns always false.",
5284 bool, (void),
5285 default_different_addr_displacement_p)
5287 /* Determine class for spilling pseudos of given mode into registers
5288 instead of memory. */
5289 DEFHOOK
5290 (spill_class,
5291 "This hook defines a class of registers which could be used for spilling\
5292 pseudos of the given mode and class, or @code{NO_REGS} if only memory\
5293 should be used. Not defining this hook is equivalent to returning\
5294 @code{NO_REGS} for all inputs.",
5295 reg_class_t, (reg_class_t, machine_mode),
5296 NULL)
5298 /* Determine an additional allocno class. */
5299 DEFHOOK
5300 (additional_allocno_class_p,
5301 "This hook should return @code{true} if given class of registers should\
5302 be an allocno class in any way. Usually RA uses only one register\
5303 class from all classes containing the same register set. In some\
5304 complicated cases, you need to have two or more such classes as\
5305 allocno ones for RA correct work. Not defining this hook is\
5306 equivalent to returning @code{false} for all inputs.",
5307 bool, (reg_class_t),
5308 hook_bool_reg_class_t_false)
5310 DEFHOOK
5311 (cstore_mode,
5312 "This hook defines the machine mode to use for the boolean result of\
5313 conditional store patterns. The ICODE argument is the instruction code\
5314 for the cstore being performed. Not definiting this hook is the same\
5315 as accepting the mode encoded into operand 0 of the cstore expander\
5316 patterns.",
5317 scalar_int_mode, (enum insn_code icode),
5318 default_cstore_mode)
5320 /* This target hook allows the backend to compute the register pressure
5321 classes to use. */
5322 DEFHOOK
5323 (compute_pressure_classes,
5324 "A target hook which lets a backend compute the set of pressure classes to\
5325 be used by those optimization passes which take register pressure into\
5326 account, as opposed to letting IRA compute them. It returns the number of\
5327 register classes stored in the array @var{pressure_classes}.",
5328 int, (enum reg_class *pressure_classes), NULL)
5330 /* True if a structure, union or array with MODE containing FIELD should
5331 be accessed using BLKmode. */
5332 DEFHOOK
5333 (member_type_forces_blk,
5334 "Return true if a structure, union or array containing @var{field} should\n\
5335 be accessed using @code{BLKMODE}.\n\
5337 If @var{field} is the only field in the structure, @var{mode} is its\n\
5338 mode, otherwise @var{mode} is VOIDmode. @var{mode} is provided in the\n\
5339 case where structures of one field would require the structure's mode to\n\
5340 retain the field's mode.\n\
5342 Normally, this is not needed.",
5343 bool, (const_tree field, machine_mode mode),
5344 default_member_type_forces_blk)
5346 /* See tree-ssa-math-opts.c:divmod_candidate_p for conditions
5347 that gate the divod transform. */
5348 DEFHOOK
5349 (expand_divmod_libfunc,
5350 "Define this hook for enabling divmod transform if the port does not have\n\
5351 hardware divmod insn but defines target-specific divmod libfuncs.",
5352 void, (rtx libfunc, machine_mode mode, rtx op0, rtx op1, rtx *quot, rtx *rem),
5353 NULL)
5355 /* Return the class for a secondary reload, and fill in extra information. */
5356 DEFHOOK
5357 (secondary_reload,
5358 "Many machines have some registers that cannot be copied directly to or\n\
5359 from memory or even from other types of registers. An example is the\n\
5360 @samp{MQ} register, which on most machines, can only be copied to or\n\
5361 from general registers, but not memory. Below, we shall be using the\n\
5362 term 'intermediate register' when a move operation cannot be performed\n\
5363 directly, but has to be done by copying the source into the intermediate\n\
5364 register first, and then copying the intermediate register to the\n\
5365 destination. An intermediate register always has the same mode as\n\
5366 source and destination. Since it holds the actual value being copied,\n\
5367 reload might apply optimizations to re-use an intermediate register\n\
5368 and eliding the copy from the source when it can determine that the\n\
5369 intermediate register still holds the required value.\n\
5371 Another kind of secondary reload is required on some machines which\n\
5372 allow copying all registers to and from memory, but require a scratch\n\
5373 register for stores to some memory locations (e.g., those with symbolic\n\
5374 address on the RT, and those with certain symbolic address on the SPARC\n\
5375 when compiling PIC)@. Scratch registers need not have the same mode\n\
5376 as the value being copied, and usually hold a different value than\n\
5377 that being copied. Special patterns in the md file are needed to\n\
5378 describe how the copy is performed with the help of the scratch register;\n\
5379 these patterns also describe the number, register class(es) and mode(s)\n\
5380 of the scratch register(s).\n\
5382 In some cases, both an intermediate and a scratch register are required.\n\
5384 For input reloads, this target hook is called with nonzero @var{in_p},\n\
5385 and @var{x} is an rtx that needs to be copied to a register of class\n\
5386 @var{reload_class} in @var{reload_mode}. For output reloads, this target\n\
5387 hook is called with zero @var{in_p}, and a register of class @var{reload_class}\n\
5388 needs to be copied to rtx @var{x} in @var{reload_mode}.\n\
5390 If copying a register of @var{reload_class} from/to @var{x} requires\n\
5391 an intermediate register, the hook @code{secondary_reload} should\n\
5392 return the register class required for this intermediate register.\n\
5393 If no intermediate register is required, it should return NO_REGS.\n\
5394 If more than one intermediate register is required, describe the one\n\
5395 that is closest in the copy chain to the reload register.\n\
5397 If scratch registers are needed, you also have to describe how to\n\
5398 perform the copy from/to the reload register to/from this\n\
5399 closest intermediate register. Or if no intermediate register is\n\
5400 required, but still a scratch register is needed, describe the\n\
5401 copy from/to the reload register to/from the reload operand @var{x}.\n\
5403 You do this by setting @code{sri->icode} to the instruction code of a pattern\n\
5404 in the md file which performs the move. Operands 0 and 1 are the output\n\
5405 and input of this copy, respectively. Operands from operand 2 onward are\n\
5406 for scratch operands. These scratch operands must have a mode, and a\n\
5407 single-register-class\n\
5408 @c [later: or memory]\n\
5409 output constraint.\n\
5411 When an intermediate register is used, the @code{secondary_reload}\n\
5412 hook will be called again to determine how to copy the intermediate\n\
5413 register to/from the reload operand @var{x}, so your hook must also\n\
5414 have code to handle the register class of the intermediate operand.\n\
5416 @c [For later: maybe we'll allow multi-alternative reload patterns -\n\
5417 @c the port maintainer could name a mov<mode> pattern that has clobbers -\n\
5418 @c and match the constraints of input and output to determine the required\n\
5419 @c alternative. A restriction would be that constraints used to match\n\
5420 @c against reloads registers would have to be written as register class\n\
5421 @c constraints, or we need a new target macro / hook that tells us if an\n\
5422 @c arbitrary constraint can match an unknown register of a given class.\n\
5423 @c Such a macro / hook would also be useful in other places.]\n\
5426 @var{x} might be a pseudo-register or a @code{subreg} of a\n\
5427 pseudo-register, which could either be in a hard register or in memory.\n\
5428 Use @code{true_regnum} to find out; it will return @minus{}1 if the pseudo is\n\
5429 in memory and the hard register number if it is in a register.\n\
5431 Scratch operands in memory (constraint @code{\"=m\"} / @code{\"=&m\"}) are\n\
5432 currently not supported. For the time being, you will have to continue\n\
5433 to use @code{TARGET_SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED} for that purpose.\n\
5435 @code{copy_cost} also uses this target hook to find out how values are\n\
5436 copied. If you want it to include some extra cost for the need to allocate\n\
5437 (a) scratch register(s), set @code{sri->extra_cost} to the additional cost.\n\
5438 Or if two dependent moves are supposed to have a lower cost than the sum\n\
5439 of the individual moves due to expected fortuitous scheduling and/or special\n\
5440 forwarding logic, you can set @code{sri->extra_cost} to a negative amount.",
5441 reg_class_t,
5442 (bool in_p, rtx x, reg_class_t reload_class, machine_mode reload_mode,
5443 secondary_reload_info *sri),
5444 default_secondary_reload)
5446 DEFHOOK
5447 (secondary_memory_needed,
5448 "Certain machines have the property that some registers cannot be copied\n\
5449 to some other registers without using memory. Define this hook on\n\
5450 those machines to return true if objects of mode @var{m} in registers\n\
5451 of @var{class1} can only be copied to registers of class @var{class2} by\n\
5452 storing a register of @var{class1} into memory and loading that memory\n\
5453 location into a register of @var{class2}. The default definition returns\n\
5454 false for all inputs.",
5455 bool, (machine_mode mode, reg_class_t class1, reg_class_t class2),
5456 hook_bool_mode_reg_class_t_reg_class_t_false)
5458 DEFHOOK
5459 (secondary_memory_needed_mode,
5460 "If @code{TARGET_SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED} tells the compiler to use memory\n\
5461 when moving between two particular registers of mode @var{mode},\n\
5462 this hook specifies the mode that the memory should have.\n\
5464 The default depends on @code{TARGET_LRA_P}. Without LRA, the default\n\
5465 is to use a word-sized mode for integral modes that are smaller than a\n\
5466 a word. This is right thing to do on most machines because it ensures\n\
5467 that all bits of the register are copied and prevents accesses to the\n\
5468 registers in a narrower mode, which some machines prohibit for\n\
5469 floating-point registers.\n\
5471 However, this default behavior is not correct on some machines, such as\n\
5472 the DEC Alpha, that store short integers in floating-point registers\n\
5473 differently than in integer registers. On those machines, the default\n\
5474 widening will not work correctly and you must define this hook to\n\
5475 suppress that widening in some cases. See the file @file{alpha.c} for\n\
5476 details.\n\
5478 With LRA, the default is to use @var{mode} unmodified.",
5479 machine_mode, (machine_mode mode),
5480 default_secondary_memory_needed_mode)
5482 /* Given an rtx X being reloaded into a reg required to be in class CLASS,
5483 return the class of reg to actually use. */
5484 DEFHOOK
5485 (preferred_reload_class,
5486 "A target hook that places additional restrictions on the register class\n\
5487 to use when it is necessary to copy value @var{x} into a register in class\n\
5488 @var{rclass}. The value is a register class; perhaps @var{rclass}, or perhaps\n\
5489 another, smaller class.\n\
5491 The default version of this hook always returns value of @code{rclass} argument.\n\
5493 Sometimes returning a more restrictive class makes better code. For\n\
5494 example, on the 68000, when @var{x} is an integer constant that is in range\n\
5495 for a @samp{moveq} instruction, the value of this macro is always\n\
5496 @code{DATA_REGS} as long as @var{rclass} includes the data registers.\n\
5497 Requiring a data register guarantees that a @samp{moveq} will be used.\n\
5499 One case where @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS} must not return\n\
5500 @var{rclass} is if @var{x} is a legitimate constant which cannot be\n\
5501 loaded into some register class. By returning @code{NO_REGS} you can\n\
5502 force @var{x} into a memory location. For example, rs6000 can load\n\
5503 immediate values into general-purpose registers, but does not have an\n\
5504 instruction for loading an immediate value into a floating-point\n\
5505 register, so @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS} returns @code{NO_REGS} when\n\
5506 @var{x} is a floating-point constant. If the constant can't be loaded\n\
5507 into any kind of register, code generation will be better if\n\
5508 @code{TARGET_LEGITIMATE_CONSTANT_P} makes the constant illegitimate instead\n\
5509 of using @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS}.\n\
5511 If an insn has pseudos in it after register allocation, reload will go\n\
5512 through the alternatives and call repeatedly @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS}\n\
5513 to find the best one. Returning @code{NO_REGS}, in this case, makes\n\
5514 reload add a @code{!} in front of the constraint: the x86 back-end uses\n\
5515 this feature to discourage usage of 387 registers when math is done in\n\
5516 the SSE registers (and vice versa).",
5517 reg_class_t,
5518 (rtx x, reg_class_t rclass),
5519 default_preferred_reload_class)
5521 /* Like TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS, but for output reloads instead of
5522 input reloads. */
5523 DEFHOOK
5524 (preferred_output_reload_class,
5525 "Like @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS}, but for output reloads instead of\n\
5526 input reloads.\n\
5528 The default version of this hook always returns value of @code{rclass}\n\
5529 argument.\n\
5531 You can also use @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_OUTPUT_RELOAD_CLASS} to discourage\n\
5532 reload from using some alternatives, like @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS}.",
5533 reg_class_t,
5534 (rtx x, reg_class_t rclass),
5535 default_preferred_output_reload_class)
5537 DEFHOOK
5538 (class_likely_spilled_p,
5539 "A target hook which returns @code{true} if pseudos that have been assigned\n\
5540 to registers of class @var{rclass} would likely be spilled because\n\
5541 registers of @var{rclass} are needed for spill registers.\n\
5543 The default version of this target hook returns @code{true} if @var{rclass}\n\
5544 has exactly one register and @code{false} otherwise. On most machines, this\n\
5545 default should be used. For generally register-starved machines, such as\n\
5546 i386, or machines with right register constraints, such as SH, this hook\n\
5547 can be used to avoid excessive spilling.\n\
5549 This hook is also used by some of the global intra-procedural code\n\
5550 transformations to throtle code motion, to avoid increasing register\n\
5551 pressure.",
5552 bool, (reg_class_t rclass),
5553 default_class_likely_spilled_p)
5555 /* Return the maximum number of consecutive registers
5556 needed to represent mode MODE in a register of class RCLASS. */
5557 DEFHOOK
5558 (class_max_nregs,
5559 "A target hook returns the maximum number of consecutive registers\n\
5560 of class @var{rclass} needed to hold a value of mode @var{mode}.\n\
5562 This is closely related to the macro @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_NREGS}.\n\
5563 In fact, the value returned by @code{TARGET_CLASS_MAX_NREGS (@var{rclass},\n\
5564 @var{mode})} target hook should be the maximum value of\n\
5565 @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_NREGS (@var{regno}, @var{mode})} for all @var{regno}\n\
5566 values in the class @var{rclass}.\n\
5568 This target hook helps control the handling of multiple-word values\n\
5569 in the reload pass.\n\
5571 The default version of this target hook returns the size of @var{mode}\n\
5572 in words.",
5573 unsigned char, (reg_class_t rclass, machine_mode mode),
5574 default_class_max_nregs)
5576 DEFHOOK
5577 (preferred_rename_class,
5578 "A target hook that places additional preference on the register\
5579 class to use when it is necessary to rename a register in class\
5580 @var{rclass} to another class, or perhaps @var{NO_REGS}, if no\
5581 preferred register class is found or hook @code{preferred_rename_class}\
5582 is not implemented.\
5583 Sometimes returning a more restrictive class makes better code. For\
5584 example, on ARM, thumb-2 instructions using @code{LO_REGS} may be\
5585 smaller than instructions using @code{GENERIC_REGS}. By returning\
5586 @code{LO_REGS} from @code{preferred_rename_class}, code size can\
5587 be reduced.",
5588 reg_class_t, (reg_class_t rclass),
5589 default_preferred_rename_class)
5591 /* This target hook allows the backend to avoid unsafe substitution
5592 during register allocation. */
5593 DEFHOOK
5594 (cannot_substitute_mem_equiv_p,
5595 "A target hook which returns @code{true} if @var{subst} can't\n\
5596 substitute safely pseudos with equivalent memory values during\n\
5597 register allocation.\n\
5598 The default version of this target hook returns @code{false}.\n\
5599 On most machines, this default should be used. For generally\n\
5600 machines with non orthogonal register usage for addressing, such\n\
5601 as SH, this hook can be used to avoid excessive spilling.",
5602 bool, (rtx subst),
5603 hook_bool_rtx_false)
5605 /* This target hook allows the backend to legitimize base plus
5606 displacement addressing. */
5607 DEFHOOK
5608 (legitimize_address_displacement,
5609 "A target hook which returns @code{true} if *@var{disp} is\n\
5610 legitimezed to valid address displacement with subtracting *@var{offset}\n\
5611 at memory mode @var{mode}.\n\
5612 The default version of this target hook returns @code{false}.\n\
5613 This hook will benefit machines with limited base plus displacement\n\
5614 addressing.",
5615 bool, (rtx *disp, rtx *offset, machine_mode mode),
5616 default_legitimize_address_displacement)
5618 /* This target hook allows the backend to perform additional
5619 processing while initializing for variable expansion. */
5620 DEFHOOK
5621 (expand_to_rtl_hook,
5622 "This hook is called just before expansion into rtl, allowing the target\n\
5623 to perform additional initializations or analysis before the expansion.\n\
5624 For example, the rs6000 port uses it to allocate a scratch stack slot\n\
5625 for use in copying SDmode values between memory and floating point\n\
5626 registers whenever the function being expanded has any SDmode\n\
5627 usage.",
5628 void, (void),
5629 hook_void_void)
5631 /* This target hook allows the backend to perform additional
5632 instantiations on rtx that are not actually in insns yet,
5633 but will be later. */
5634 DEFHOOK
5635 (instantiate_decls,
5636 "This hook allows the backend to perform additional instantiations on rtl\n\
5637 that are not actually in any insns yet, but will be later.",
5638 void, (void),
5639 hook_void_void)
5641 DEFHOOK
5642 (hard_regno_nregs,
5643 "This hook returns the number of consecutive hard registers, starting\n\
5644 at register number @var{regno}, required to hold a value of mode\n\
5645 @var{mode}. This hook must never return zero, even if a register\n\
5646 cannot hold the requested mode - indicate that with\n\
5647 @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK} and/or\n\
5648 @code{TARGET_CAN_CHANGE_MODE_CLASS} instead.\n\
5650 The default definition returns the number of words in @var{mode}.",
5651 unsigned int, (unsigned int regno, machine_mode mode),
5652 default_hard_regno_nregs)
5654 DEFHOOK
5655 (hard_regno_mode_ok,
5656 "This hook returns true if it is permissible to store a value\n\
5657 of mode @var{mode} in hard register number @var{regno} (or in several\n\
5658 registers starting with that one). The default definition returns true\n\
5659 unconditionally.\n\
5661 You need not include code to check for the numbers of fixed registers,\n\
5662 because the allocation mechanism considers them to be always occupied.\n\
5664 @cindex register pairs\n\
5665 On some machines, double-precision values must be kept in even/odd\n\
5666 register pairs. You can implement that by defining this hook to reject\n\
5667 odd register numbers for such modes.\n\
5669 The minimum requirement for a mode to be OK in a register is that the\n\
5670 @samp{mov@var{mode}} instruction pattern support moves between the\n\
5671 register and other hard register in the same class and that moving a\n\
5672 value into the register and back out not alter it.\n\
5674 Since the same instruction used to move @code{word_mode} will work for\n\
5675 all narrower integer modes, it is not necessary on any machine for\n\
5676 this hook to distinguish between these modes, provided you define\n\
5677 patterns @samp{movhi}, etc., to take advantage of this. This is\n\
5678 useful because of the interaction between @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK}\n\
5679 and @code{TARGET_MODES_TIEABLE_P}; it is very desirable for all integer\n\
5680 modes to be tieable.\n\
5682 Many machines have special registers for floating point arithmetic.\n\
5683 Often people assume that floating point machine modes are allowed only\n\
5684 in floating point registers. This is not true. Any registers that\n\
5685 can hold integers can safely @emph{hold} a floating point machine\n\
5686 mode, whether or not floating arithmetic can be done on it in those\n\
5687 registers. Integer move instructions can be used to move the values.\n\
5689 On some machines, though, the converse is true: fixed-point machine\n\
5690 modes may not go in floating registers. This is true if the floating\n\
5691 registers normalize any value stored in them, because storing a\n\
5692 non-floating value there would garble it. In this case,\n\
5693 @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK} should reject fixed-point machine modes in\n\
5694 floating registers. But if the floating registers do not automatically\n\
5695 normalize, if you can store any bit pattern in one and retrieve it\n\
5696 unchanged without a trap, then any machine mode may go in a floating\n\
5697 register, so you can define this hook to say so.\n\
5699 The primary significance of special floating registers is rather that\n\
5700 they are the registers acceptable in floating point arithmetic\n\
5701 instructions. However, this is of no concern to\n\
5702 @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK}. You handle it by writing the proper\n\
5703 constraints for those instructions.\n\
5705 On some machines, the floating registers are especially slow to access,\n\
5706 so that it is better to store a value in a stack frame than in such a\n\
5707 register if floating point arithmetic is not being done. As long as the\n\
5708 floating registers are not in class @code{GENERAL_REGS}, they will not\n\
5709 be used unless some pattern's constraint asks for one.",
5710 bool, (unsigned int regno, machine_mode mode),
5711 hook_bool_uint_mode_true)
5713 DEFHOOK
5714 (modes_tieable_p,
5715 "This hook returns true if a value of mode @var{mode1} is accessible\n\
5716 in mode @var{mode2} without copying.\n\
5718 If @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK (@var{r}, @var{mode1})} and\n\
5719 @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK (@var{r}, @var{mode2})} are always\n\
5720 the same for any @var{r}, then\n\
5721 @code{TARGET_MODES_TIEABLE_P (@var{mode1}, @var{mode2})}\n\
5722 should be true. If they differ for any @var{r}, you should define\n\
5723 this hook to return false unless some other mechanism ensures the\n\
5724 accessibility of the value in a narrower mode.\n\
5726 You should define this hook to return true in as many cases as\n\
5727 possible since doing so will allow GCC to perform better register\n\
5728 allocation. The default definition returns true unconditionally.",
5729 bool, (machine_mode mode1, machine_mode mode2),
5730 hook_bool_mode_mode_true)
5732 /* Return true if is OK to use a hard register REGNO as scratch register
5733 in peephole2. */
5734 DEFHOOK
5735 (hard_regno_scratch_ok,
5736 "This target hook should return @code{true} if it is OK to use a hard register\n\
5737 @var{regno} as scratch reg in peephole2.\n\
5739 One common use of this macro is to prevent using of a register that\n\
5740 is not saved by a prologue in an interrupt handler.\n\
5742 The default version of this hook always returns @code{true}.",
5743 bool, (unsigned int regno),
5744 default_hard_regno_scratch_ok)
5746 DEFHOOK
5747 (hard_regno_call_part_clobbered,
5748 "This hook should return true if @var{regno} is partly call-saved and\n\
5749 partly call-clobbered, and if a value of mode @var{mode} would be partly\n\
5750 clobbered by a call. For example, if the low 32 bits of @var{regno} are\n\
5751 preserved across a call but higher bits are clobbered, this hook should\n\
5752 return true for a 64-bit mode but false for a 32-bit mode.\n\
5754 The default implementation returns false, which is correct\n\
5755 for targets that don't have partly call-clobbered registers.",
5756 bool, (unsigned int regno, machine_mode mode),
5757 hook_bool_uint_mode_false)
5759 /* Return the smallest number of different values for which it is best to
5760 use a jump-table instead of a tree of conditional branches. */
5761 DEFHOOK
5762 (case_values_threshold,
5763 "This function return the smallest number of different values for which it\n\
5764 is best to use a jump-table instead of a tree of conditional branches.\n\
5765 The default is four for machines with a @code{casesi} instruction and\n\
5766 five otherwise. This is best for most machines.",
5767 unsigned int, (void),
5768 default_case_values_threshold)
5770 DEFHOOK
5771 (starting_frame_offset,
5772 "This hook returns the offset from the frame pointer to the first local\n\
5773 variable slot to be allocated. If @code{FRAME_GROWS_DOWNWARD}, it is the\n\
5774 offset to @emph{end} of the first slot allocated, otherwise it is the\n\
5775 offset to @emph{beginning} of the first slot allocated. The default\n\
5776 implementation returns 0.",
5777 HOST_WIDE_INT, (void),
5778 hook_hwi_void_0)
5780 /* Optional callback to advise the target to compute the frame layout. */
5781 DEFHOOK
5782 (compute_frame_layout,
5783 "This target hook is called once each time the frame layout needs to be\n\
5784 recalculated. The calculations can be cached by the target and can then\n\
5785 be used by @code{INITIAL_ELIMINATION_OFFSET} instead of re-computing the\n\
5786 layout on every invocation of that hook. This is particularly useful\n\
5787 for targets that have an expensive frame layout function. Implementing\n\
5788 this callback is optional.",
5789 void, (void),
5790 hook_void_void)
5792 /* Return true if a function must have and use a frame pointer. */
5793 DEFHOOK
5794 (frame_pointer_required,
5795 "This target hook should return @code{true} if a function must have and use\n\
5796 a frame pointer. This target hook is called in the reload pass. If its return\n\
5797 value is @code{true} the function will have a frame pointer.\n\
5799 This target hook can in principle examine the current function and decide\n\
5800 according to the facts, but on most machines the constant @code{false} or the\n\
5801 constant @code{true} suffices. Use @code{false} when the machine allows code\n\
5802 to be generated with no frame pointer, and doing so saves some time or space.\n\
5803 Use @code{true} when there is no possible advantage to avoiding a frame\n\
5804 pointer.\n\
5806 In certain cases, the compiler does not know how to produce valid code\n\
5807 without a frame pointer. The compiler recognizes those cases and\n\
5808 automatically gives the function a frame pointer regardless of what\n\
5809 @code{targetm.frame_pointer_required} returns. You don't need to worry about\n\
5810 them.\n\
5812 In a function that does not require a frame pointer, the frame pointer\n\
5813 register can be allocated for ordinary usage, unless you mark it as a\n\
5814 fixed register. See @code{FIXED_REGISTERS} for more information.\n\
5816 Default return value is @code{false}.",
5817 bool, (void),
5818 hook_bool_void_false)
5820 /* Returns true if the compiler is allowed to try to replace register number
5821 from-reg with register number to-reg. */
5822 DEFHOOK
5823 (can_eliminate,
5824 "This target hook should return @code{true} if the compiler is allowed to\n\
5825 try to replace register number @var{from_reg} with register number\n\
5826 @var{to_reg}. This target hook will usually be @code{true}, since most of the\n\
5827 cases preventing register elimination are things that the compiler already\n\
5828 knows about.\n\
5830 Default return value is @code{true}.",
5831 bool, (const int from_reg, const int to_reg),
5832 hook_bool_const_int_const_int_true)
5834 /* Modify any or all of fixed_regs, call_used_regs, global_regs,
5835 reg_names, and reg_class_contents to account of the vagaries of the
5836 target. */
5837 DEFHOOK
5838 (conditional_register_usage,
5839 "This hook may conditionally modify five variables\n\
5840 @code{fixed_regs}, @code{call_used_regs}, @code{global_regs},\n\
5841 @code{reg_names}, and @code{reg_class_contents}, to take into account\n\
5842 any dependence of these register sets on target flags. The first three\n\
5843 of these are of type @code{char []} (interpreted as boolean vectors).\n\
5844 @code{global_regs} is a @code{const char *[]}, and\n\
5845 @code{reg_class_contents} is a @code{HARD_REG_SET}. Before the macro is\n\
5846 called, @code{fixed_regs}, @code{call_used_regs},\n\
5847 @code{reg_class_contents}, and @code{reg_names} have been initialized\n\
5848 from @code{FIXED_REGISTERS}, @code{CALL_USED_REGISTERS},\n\
5849 @code{REG_CLASS_CONTENTS}, and @code{REGISTER_NAMES}, respectively.\n\
5850 @code{global_regs} has been cleared, and any @option{-ffixed-@var{reg}},\n\
5851 @option{-fcall-used-@var{reg}} and @option{-fcall-saved-@var{reg}}\n\
5852 command options have been applied.\n\
5854 @cindex disabling certain registers\n\
5855 @cindex controlling register usage\n\
5856 If the usage of an entire class of registers depends on the target\n\
5857 flags, you may indicate this to GCC by using this macro to modify\n\
5858 @code{fixed_regs} and @code{call_used_regs} to 1 for each of the\n\
5859 registers in the classes which should not be used by GCC@. Also make\n\
5860 @code{define_register_constraint}s return @code{NO_REGS} for constraints\n\
5861 that shouldn't be used.\n\
5863 (However, if this class is not included in @code{GENERAL_REGS} and all\n\
5864 of the insn patterns whose constraints permit this class are\n\
5865 controlled by target switches, then GCC will automatically avoid using\n\
5866 these registers when the target switches are opposed to them.)",
5867 void, (void),
5868 hook_void_void)
5870 DEFHOOK
5871 (stack_clash_protection_final_dynamic_probe,
5872 "Some targets make optimistic assumptions about the state of stack probing when they emit their prologues. On such targets a probe into the end of any dynamically allocated space is likely required for safety against stack clash style attacks. Define this variable to return nonzero if such a probe is required or zero otherwise. You need not define this macro if it would always have the value zero.",
5873 bool, (rtx residual),
5874 default_stack_clash_protection_final_dynamic_probe)
5877 /* Functions specific to the C family of frontends. */
5878 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
5879 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_C_"
5880 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_C, c)
5882 /* ??? Documenting this hook requires a GFDL license grant. */
5883 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
5884 (mode_for_suffix,
5885 "Return machine mode for non-standard constant literal suffix @var{c},\
5886 or VOIDmode if non-standard suffixes are unsupported.",
5887 machine_mode, (char c),
5888 default_mode_for_suffix)
5890 DEFHOOK
5891 (excess_precision,
5892 "Return a value, with the same meaning as the C99 macro\
5893 @code{FLT_EVAL_METHOD} that describes which excess precision should be\
5894 applied. @var{type} is either @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_IMPLICIT},\
5895 @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_FAST}, or\
5896 @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_STANDARD}. For\
5897 @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_IMPLICIT}, the target should return which\
5898 precision and range operations will be implictly evaluated in regardless\
5899 of the excess precision explicitly added. For\
5900 @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_STANDARD} and\
5901 @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_FAST}, the target should return the\
5902 explicit excess precision that should be added depending on the\
5903 value set for @option{-fexcess-precision=@r{[}standard@r{|}fast@r{]}}.\
5904 Note that unpredictable explicit excess precision does not make sense,\
5905 so a target should never return @code{FLT_EVAL_METHOD_UNPREDICTABLE}\
5906 when @var{type} is @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_STANDARD} or\
5907 @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_FAST}.",
5908 enum flt_eval_method, (enum excess_precision_type type),
5909 default_excess_precision)
5911 HOOK_VECTOR_END (c)
5913 /* Functions specific to the C++ frontend. */
5914 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
5915 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_CXX_"
5916 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_CXX, cxx)
5918 /* Return the integer type used for guard variables. */
5919 DEFHOOK
5920 (guard_type,
5921 "Define this hook to override the integer type used for guard variables.\n\
5922 These are used to implement one-time construction of static objects. The\n\
5923 default is long_long_integer_type_node.",
5924 tree, (void),
5925 default_cxx_guard_type)
5927 /* Return true if only the low bit of the guard should be tested. */
5928 DEFHOOK
5929 (guard_mask_bit,
5930 "This hook determines how guard variables are used. It should return\n\
5931 @code{false} (the default) if the first byte should be used. A return value of\n\
5932 @code{true} indicates that only the least significant bit should be used.",
5933 bool, (void),
5934 hook_bool_void_false)
5936 /* Returns the size of the array cookie for an array of type. */
5937 DEFHOOK
5938 (get_cookie_size,
5939 "This hook returns the size of the cookie to use when allocating an array\n\
5940 whose elements have the indicated @var{type}. Assumes that it is already\n\
5941 known that a cookie is needed. The default is\n\
5942 @code{max(sizeof (size_t), alignof(type))}, as defined in section 2.7 of the\n\
5943 IA64/Generic C++ ABI@.",
5944 tree, (tree type),
5945 default_cxx_get_cookie_size)
5947 /* Returns true if the element size should be stored in the array cookie. */
5948 DEFHOOK
5949 (cookie_has_size,
5950 "This hook should return @code{true} if the element size should be stored in\n\
5951 array cookies. The default is to return @code{false}.",
5952 bool, (void),
5953 hook_bool_void_false)
5955 /* Allows backends to perform additional processing when
5956 deciding if a class should be exported or imported. */
5957 DEFHOOK
5958 (import_export_class,
5959 "If defined by a backend this hook allows the decision made to export\n\
5960 class @var{type} to be overruled. Upon entry @var{import_export}\n\
5961 will contain 1 if the class is going to be exported, @minus{}1 if it is going\n\
5962 to be imported and 0 otherwise. This function should return the\n\
5963 modified value and perform any other actions necessary to support the\n\
5964 backend's targeted operating system.",
5965 int, (tree type, int import_export), NULL)
5967 /* Returns true if constructors and destructors return "this". */
5968 DEFHOOK
5969 (cdtor_returns_this,
5970 "This hook should return @code{true} if constructors and destructors return\n\
5971 the address of the object created/destroyed. The default is to return\n\
5972 @code{false}.",
5973 bool, (void),
5974 hook_bool_void_false)
5976 /* Returns true if the key method for a class can be an inline
5977 function, so long as it is not declared inline in the class
5978 itself. Returning true is the behavior required by the Itanium C++ ABI. */
5979 DEFHOOK
5980 (key_method_may_be_inline,
5981 "This hook returns true if the key method for a class (i.e., the method\n\
5982 which, if defined in the current translation unit, causes the virtual\n\
5983 table to be emitted) may be an inline function. Under the standard\n\
5984 Itanium C++ ABI the key method may be an inline function so long as\n\
5985 the function is not declared inline in the class definition. Under\n\
5986 some variants of the ABI, an inline function can never be the key\n\
5987 method. The default is to return @code{true}.",
5988 bool, (void),
5989 hook_bool_void_true)
5991 DEFHOOK
5992 (determine_class_data_visibility,
5993 "@var{decl} is a virtual table, virtual table table, typeinfo object,\
5994 or other similar implicit class data object that will be emitted with\
5995 external linkage in this translation unit. No ELF visibility has been\
5996 explicitly specified. If the target needs to specify a visibility\
5997 other than that of the containing class, use this hook to set\
5998 @code{DECL_VISIBILITY} and @code{DECL_VISIBILITY_SPECIFIED}.",
5999 void, (tree decl),
6000 hook_void_tree)
6002 /* Returns true (the default) if virtual tables and other
6003 similar implicit class data objects are always COMDAT if they
6004 have external linkage. If this hook returns false, then
6005 class data for classes whose virtual table will be emitted in
6006 only one translation unit will not be COMDAT. */
6007 DEFHOOK
6008 (class_data_always_comdat,
6009 "This hook returns true (the default) if virtual tables and other\n\
6010 similar implicit class data objects are always COMDAT if they have\n\
6011 external linkage. If this hook returns false, then class data for\n\
6012 classes whose virtual table will be emitted in only one translation\n\
6013 unit will not be COMDAT.",
6014 bool, (void),
6015 hook_bool_void_true)
6017 /* Returns true (the default) if the RTTI for the basic types,
6018 which is always defined in the C++ runtime, should be COMDAT;
6019 false if it should not be COMDAT. */
6020 DEFHOOK
6021 (library_rtti_comdat,
6022 "This hook returns true (the default) if the RTTI information for\n\
6023 the basic types which is defined in the C++ runtime should always\n\
6024 be COMDAT, false if it should not be COMDAT.",
6025 bool, (void),
6026 hook_bool_void_true)
6028 /* Returns true if __aeabi_atexit should be used to register static
6029 destructors. */
6030 DEFHOOK
6031 (use_aeabi_atexit,
6032 "This hook returns true if @code{__aeabi_atexit} (as defined by the ARM EABI)\n\
6033 should be used to register static destructors when @option{-fuse-cxa-atexit}\n\
6034 is in effect. The default is to return false to use @code{__cxa_atexit}.",
6035 bool, (void),
6036 hook_bool_void_false)
6038 /* Returns true if target may use atexit in the same manner as
6039 __cxa_atexit to register static destructors. */
6040 DEFHOOK
6041 (use_atexit_for_cxa_atexit,
6042 "This hook returns true if the target @code{atexit} function can be used\n\
6043 in the same manner as @code{__cxa_atexit} to register C++ static\n\
6044 destructors. This requires that @code{atexit}-registered functions in\n\
6045 shared libraries are run in the correct order when the libraries are\n\
6046 unloaded. The default is to return false.",
6047 bool, (void),
6048 hook_bool_void_false)
6050 DEFHOOK
6051 (adjust_class_at_definition,
6052 "@var{type} is a C++ class (i.e., RECORD_TYPE or UNION_TYPE) that has just\
6053 been defined. Use this hook to make adjustments to the class (eg, tweak\
6054 visibility or perform any other required target modifications).",
6055 void, (tree type),
6056 hook_void_tree)
6058 DEFHOOK
6059 (decl_mangling_context,
6060 "Return target-specific mangling context of @var{decl} or @code{NULL_TREE}.",
6061 tree, (const_tree decl),
6062 hook_tree_const_tree_null)
6064 HOOK_VECTOR_END (cxx)
6066 /* Functions and data for emulated TLS support. */
6067 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
6068 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_EMUTLS_"
6069 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_EMUTLS, emutls)
6071 /* Name of the address and common functions. */
6072 DEFHOOKPOD
6073 (get_address,
6074 "Contains the name of the helper function that uses a TLS control\n\
6075 object to locate a TLS instance. The default causes libgcc's\n\
6076 emulated TLS helper function to be used.",
6077 const char *, "__builtin___emutls_get_address")
6079 DEFHOOKPOD
6080 (register_common,
6081 "Contains the name of the helper function that should be used at\n\
6082 program startup to register TLS objects that are implicitly\n\
6083 initialized to zero. If this is @code{NULL}, all TLS objects will\n\
6084 have explicit initializers. The default causes libgcc's emulated TLS\n\
6085 registration function to be used.",
6086 const char *, "__builtin___emutls_register_common")
6088 /* Prefixes for proxy variable and template. */
6089 DEFHOOKPOD
6090 (var_section,
6091 "Contains the name of the section in which TLS control variables should\n\
6092 be placed. The default of @code{NULL} allows these to be placed in\n\
6093 any section.",
6094 const char *, NULL)
6096 DEFHOOKPOD
6097 (tmpl_section,
6098 "Contains the name of the section in which TLS initializers should be\n\
6099 placed. The default of @code{NULL} allows these to be placed in any\n\
6100 section.",
6101 const char *, NULL)
6103 /* Prefixes for proxy variable and template. */
6104 DEFHOOKPOD
6105 (var_prefix,
6106 "Contains the prefix to be prepended to TLS control variable names.\n\
6107 The default of @code{NULL} uses a target-specific prefix.",
6108 const char *, NULL)
6110 DEFHOOKPOD
6111 (tmpl_prefix,
6112 "Contains the prefix to be prepended to TLS initializer objects. The\n\
6113 default of @code{NULL} uses a target-specific prefix.",
6114 const char *, NULL)
6116 /* Function to generate field definitions of the proxy variable. */
6117 DEFHOOK
6118 (var_fields,
6119 "Specifies a function that generates the FIELD_DECLs for a TLS control\n\
6120 object type. @var{type} is the RECORD_TYPE the fields are for and\n\
6121 @var{name} should be filled with the structure tag, if the default of\n\
6122 @code{__emutls_object} is unsuitable. The default creates a type suitable\n\
6123 for libgcc's emulated TLS function.",
6124 tree, (tree type, tree *name),
6125 default_emutls_var_fields)
6127 /* Function to initialize a proxy variable. */
6128 DEFHOOK
6129 (var_init,
6130 "Specifies a function that generates the CONSTRUCTOR to initialize a\n\
6131 TLS control object. @var{var} is the TLS control object, @var{decl}\n\
6132 is the TLS object and @var{tmpl_addr} is the address of the\n\
6133 initializer. The default initializes libgcc's emulated TLS control object.",
6134 tree, (tree var, tree decl, tree tmpl_addr),
6135 default_emutls_var_init)
6137 /* Whether we are allowed to alter the usual alignment of the
6138 proxy variable. */
6139 DEFHOOKPOD
6140 (var_align_fixed,
6141 "Specifies whether the alignment of TLS control variable objects is\n\
6142 fixed and should not be increased as some backends may do to optimize\n\
6143 single objects. The default is false.",
6144 bool, false)
6146 /* Whether we can emit debug information for TLS vars. */
6147 DEFHOOKPOD
6148 (debug_form_tls_address,
6149 "Specifies whether a DWARF @code{DW_OP_form_tls_address} location descriptor\n\
6150 may be used to describe emulated TLS control objects.",
6151 bool, false)
6153 HOOK_VECTOR_END (emutls)
6155 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
6156 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_OPTION_"
6157 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_OPTION_HOOKS, target_option_hooks)
6159 /* Function to validate the attribute((target(...))) strings. If
6160 the option is validated, the hook should also fill in
6161 DECL_FUNCTION_SPECIFIC_TARGET in the function decl node. */
6162 DEFHOOK
6163 (valid_attribute_p,
6164 "This hook is called to parse @code{attribute(target(\"...\"))}, which\n\
6165 allows setting target-specific options on individual functions.\n\
6166 These function-specific options may differ\n\
6167 from the options specified on the command line. The hook should return\n\
6168 @code{true} if the options are valid.\n\
6170 The hook should set the @code{DECL_FUNCTION_SPECIFIC_TARGET} field in\n\
6171 the function declaration to hold a pointer to a target-specific\n\
6172 @code{struct cl_target_option} structure.",
6173 bool, (tree fndecl, tree name, tree args, int flags),
6174 default_target_option_valid_attribute_p)
6176 /* Function to save any extra target state in the target options structure. */
6177 DEFHOOK
6178 (save,
6179 "This hook is called to save any additional target-specific information\n\
6180 in the @code{struct cl_target_option} structure for function-specific\n\
6181 options from the @code{struct gcc_options} structure.\n\
6182 @xref{Option file format}.",
6183 void, (struct cl_target_option *ptr, struct gcc_options *opts), NULL)
6185 /* Function to restore any extra target state from the target options
6186 structure. */
6187 DEFHOOK
6188 (restore,
6189 "This hook is called to restore any additional target-specific\n\
6190 information in the @code{struct cl_target_option} structure for\n\
6191 function-specific options to the @code{struct gcc_options} structure.",
6192 void, (struct gcc_options *opts, struct cl_target_option *ptr), NULL)
6194 /* Function to update target-specific option information after being
6195 streamed in. */
6196 DEFHOOK
6197 (post_stream_in,
6198 "This hook is called to update target-specific information in the\n\
6199 @code{struct cl_target_option} structure after it is streamed in from\n\
6200 LTO bytecode.",
6201 void, (struct cl_target_option *ptr), NULL)
6203 /* Function to print any extra target state from the target options
6204 structure. */
6205 DEFHOOK
6206 (print,
6207 "This hook is called to print any additional target-specific\n\
6208 information in the @code{struct cl_target_option} structure for\n\
6209 function-specific options.",
6210 void, (FILE *file, int indent, struct cl_target_option *ptr), NULL)
6212 /* Function to parse arguments to be validated for #pragma target, and to
6213 change the state if the options are valid. If the first argument is
6214 NULL, the second argument specifies the default options to use. Return
6215 true if the options are valid, and set the current state. */
6216 DEFHOOK
6217 (pragma_parse,
6218 "This target hook parses the options for @code{#pragma GCC target}, which\n\
6219 sets the target-specific options for functions that occur later in the\n\
6220 input stream. The options accepted should be the same as those handled by the\n\
6221 @code{TARGET_OPTION_VALID_ATTRIBUTE_P} hook.",
6222 bool, (tree args, tree pop_target),
6223 default_target_option_pragma_parse)
6225 /* Do option overrides for the target. */
6226 DEFHOOK
6227 (override,
6228 "Sometimes certain combinations of command options do not make sense on\n\
6229 a particular target machine. You can override the hook\n\
6230 @code{TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE} to take account of this. This hooks is called\n\
6231 once just after all the command options have been parsed.\n\
6233 Don't use this hook to turn on various extra optimizations for\n\
6234 @option{-O}. That is what @code{TARGET_OPTION_OPTIMIZATION} is for.\n\
6236 If you need to do something whenever the optimization level is\n\
6237 changed via the optimize attribute or pragma, see\n\
6238 @code{TARGET_OVERRIDE_OPTIONS_AFTER_CHANGE}",
6239 void, (void),
6240 hook_void_void)
6242 /* This function returns true if DECL1 and DECL2 are versions of the same
6243 function. DECL1 and DECL2 are function versions if and only if they
6244 have the same function signature and different target specific attributes,
6245 that is, they are compiled for different target machines. */
6246 DEFHOOK
6247 (function_versions,
6248 "This target hook returns @code{true} if @var{DECL1} and @var{DECL2} are\n\
6249 versions of the same function. @var{DECL1} and @var{DECL2} are function\n\
6250 versions if and only if they have the same function signature and\n\
6251 different target specific attributes, that is, they are compiled for\n\
6252 different target machines.",
6253 bool, (tree decl1, tree decl2),
6254 hook_bool_tree_tree_false)
6256 /* Function to determine if one function can inline another function. */
6257 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
6258 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_"
6259 DEFHOOK
6260 (can_inline_p,
6261 "This target hook returns @code{false} if the @var{caller} function\n\
6262 cannot inline @var{callee}, based on target specific information. By\n\
6263 default, inlining is not allowed if the callee function has function\n\
6264 specific target options and the caller does not use the same options.",
6265 bool, (tree caller, tree callee),
6266 default_target_can_inline_p)
6268 DEFHOOK
6269 (relayout_function,
6270 "This target hook fixes function @var{fndecl} after attributes are processed. Default does nothing. On ARM, the default function's alignment is updated with the attribute target.",
6271 void, (tree fndecl),
6272 hook_void_tree)
6274 HOOK_VECTOR_END (target_option)
6276 /* For targets that need to mark extra registers as live on entry to
6277 the function, they should define this target hook and set their
6278 bits in the bitmap passed in. */
6279 DEFHOOK
6280 (extra_live_on_entry,
6281 "Add any hard registers to @var{regs} that are live on entry to the\n\
6282 function. This hook only needs to be defined to provide registers that\n\
6283 cannot be found by examination of FUNCTION_ARG_REGNO_P, the callee saved\n\
6284 registers, STATIC_CHAIN_INCOMING_REGNUM, STATIC_CHAIN_REGNUM,\n\
6285 TARGET_STRUCT_VALUE_RTX, FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM, EH_USES,\n\
6286 FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM, ARG_POINTER_REGNUM, and the PIC_OFFSET_TABLE_REGNUM.",
6287 void, (bitmap regs),
6288 hook_void_bitmap)
6290 /* Targets should define this target hook to mark that non-callee clobbers are
6291 present in CALL_INSN_FUNCTION_USAGE for all the calls that bind to a local
6292 definition. */
6293 DEFHOOKPOD
6294 (call_fusage_contains_non_callee_clobbers,
6295 "Set to true if each call that binds to a local definition explicitly\n\
6296 clobbers or sets all non-fixed registers modified by performing the call.\n\
6297 That is, by the call pattern itself, or by code that might be inserted by the\n\
6298 linker (e.g. stubs, veneers, branch islands), but not including those\n\
6299 modifiable by the callee. The affected registers may be mentioned explicitly\n\
6300 in the call pattern, or included as clobbers in CALL_INSN_FUNCTION_USAGE.\n\
6301 The default version of this hook is set to false. The purpose of this hook\n\
6302 is to enable the fipa-ra optimization.",
6303 bool,
6304 false)
6306 /* Fill in additional registers set up by prologue into a regset. */
6307 DEFHOOK
6308 (set_up_by_prologue,
6309 "This hook should add additional registers that are computed by the prologue\
6310 to the hard regset for shrink-wrapping optimization purposes.",
6311 void, (struct hard_reg_set_container *),
6312 NULL)
6314 /* For targets that have attributes that can affect whether a
6315 function's return statements need checking. For instance a 'naked'
6316 function attribute. */
6317 DEFHOOK
6318 (warn_func_return,
6319 "True if a function's return statements should be checked for matching the function's return type. This includes checking for falling off the end of a non-void function. Return false if no such check should be made.",
6320 bool, (tree),
6321 hook_bool_tree_true)
6323 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
6324 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_SHRINK_WRAP_"
6325 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_SHRINK_WRAP_HOOKS, shrink_wrap)
6327 DEFHOOK
6328 (get_separate_components,
6329 "This hook should return an @code{sbitmap} with the bits set for those\n\
6330 components that can be separately shrink-wrapped in the current function.\n\
6331 Return @code{NULL} if the current function should not get any separate\n\
6332 shrink-wrapping.\n\
6333 Don't define this hook if it would always return @code{NULL}.\n\
6334 If it is defined, the other hooks in this group have to be defined as well.",
6335 sbitmap, (void),
6336 NULL)
6338 DEFHOOK
6339 (components_for_bb,
6340 "This hook should return an @code{sbitmap} with the bits set for those\n\
6341 components where either the prologue component has to be executed before\n\
6342 the @code{basic_block}, or the epilogue component after it, or both.",
6343 sbitmap, (basic_block),
6344 NULL)
6346 DEFHOOK
6347 (disqualify_components,
6348 "This hook should clear the bits in the @var{components} bitmap for those\n\
6349 components in @var{edge_components} that the target cannot handle on edge\n\
6350 @var{e}, where @var{is_prologue} says if this is for a prologue or an\n\
6351 epilogue instead.",
6352 void, (sbitmap components, edge e, sbitmap edge_components, bool is_prologue),
6353 NULL)
6355 DEFHOOK
6356 (emit_prologue_components,
6357 "Emit prologue insns for the components indicated by the parameter.",
6358 void, (sbitmap),
6359 NULL)
6361 DEFHOOK
6362 (emit_epilogue_components,
6363 "Emit epilogue insns for the components indicated by the parameter.",
6364 void, (sbitmap),
6365 NULL)
6367 DEFHOOK
6368 (set_handled_components,
6369 "Mark the components in the parameter as handled, so that the\n\
6370 @code{prologue} and @code{epilogue} named patterns know to ignore those\n\
6371 components. The target code should not hang on to the @code{sbitmap}, it\n\
6372 will be deleted after this call.",
6373 void, (sbitmap),
6374 NULL)
6376 HOOK_VECTOR_END (shrink_wrap)
6377 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
6378 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_"
6380 /* Determine the type of unwind info to emit for debugging. */
6381 DEFHOOK
6382 (debug_unwind_info,
6383 "This hook defines the mechanism that will be used for describing frame\n\
6384 unwind information to the debugger. Normally the hook will return\n\
6385 @code{UI_DWARF2} if DWARF 2 debug information is enabled, and\n\
6386 return @code{UI_NONE} otherwise.\n\
6388 A target may return @code{UI_DWARF2} even when DWARF 2 debug information\n\
6389 is disabled in order to always output DWARF 2 frame information.\n\
6391 A target may return @code{UI_TARGET} if it has ABI specified unwind tables.\n\
6392 This will suppress generation of the normal debug frame unwind information.",
6393 enum unwind_info_type, (void),
6394 default_debug_unwind_info)
6396 /* The code parameter should be of type enum rtx_code but this is not
6397 defined at this time. */
6398 DEFHOOK
6399 (canonicalize_comparison,
6400 "On some machines not all possible comparisons are defined, but you can\n\
6401 convert an invalid comparison into a valid one. For example, the Alpha\n\
6402 does not have a @code{GT} comparison, but you can use an @code{LT}\n\
6403 comparison instead and swap the order of the operands.\n\
6405 On such machines, implement this hook to do any required conversions.\n\
6406 @var{code} is the initial comparison code and @var{op0} and @var{op1}\n\
6407 are the left and right operands of the comparison, respectively. If\n\
6408 @var{op0_preserve_value} is @code{true} the implementation is not\n\
6409 allowed to change the value of @var{op0} since the value might be used\n\
6410 in RTXs which aren't comparisons. E.g. the implementation is not\n\
6411 allowed to swap operands in that case.\n\
6413 GCC will not assume that the comparison resulting from this macro is\n\
6414 valid but will see if the resulting insn matches a pattern in the\n\
6415 @file{md} file.\n\
6417 You need not to implement this hook if it would never change the\n\
6418 comparison code or operands.",
6419 void, (int *code, rtx *op0, rtx *op1, bool op0_preserve_value),
6420 default_canonicalize_comparison)
6422 DEFHOOK
6423 (min_arithmetic_precision,
6424 "On some RISC architectures with 64-bit registers, the processor also\n\
6425 maintains 32-bit condition codes that make it possible to do real 32-bit\n\
6426 arithmetic, although the operations are performed on the full registers.\n\
6428 On such architectures, defining this hook to 32 tells the compiler to try\n\
6429 using 32-bit arithmetical operations setting the condition codes instead\n\
6430 of doing full 64-bit arithmetic.\n\
6432 More generally, define this hook on RISC architectures if you want the\n\
6433 compiler to try using arithmetical operations setting the condition codes\n\
6434 with a precision lower than the word precision.\n\
6436 You need not define this hook if @code{WORD_REGISTER_OPERATIONS} is not\n\
6437 defined to 1.",
6438 unsigned int, (void), default_min_arithmetic_precision)
6440 DEFHOOKPOD
6441 (atomic_test_and_set_trueval,
6442 "This value should be set if the result written by\
6443 @code{atomic_test_and_set} is not exactly 1, i.e. the\
6444 @code{bool} @code{true}.",
6445 unsigned char, 1)
6447 /* Return an unsigned int representing the alignment (in bits) of the atomic
6448 type which maps to machine MODE. This allows alignment to be overridden
6449 as needed. */
6450 DEFHOOK
6451 (atomic_align_for_mode,
6452 "If defined, this function returns an appropriate alignment in bits for an\
6453 atomic object of machine_mode @var{mode}. If 0 is returned then the\
6454 default alignment for the specified mode is used. ",
6455 unsigned int, (machine_mode mode),
6456 hook_uint_mode_0)
6458 DEFHOOK
6459 (atomic_assign_expand_fenv,
6460 "ISO C11 requires atomic compound assignments that may raise floating-point\
6461 exceptions to raise exceptions corresponding to the arithmetic operation\
6462 whose result was successfully stored in a compare-and-exchange sequence. \
6463 This requires code equivalent to calls to @code{feholdexcept},\
6464 @code{feclearexcept} and @code{feupdateenv} to be generated at\
6465 appropriate points in the compare-and-exchange sequence. This hook should\
6466 set @code{*@var{hold}} to an expression equivalent to the call to\
6467 @code{feholdexcept}, @code{*@var{clear}} to an expression equivalent to\
6468 the call to @code{feclearexcept} and @code{*@var{update}} to an expression\
6469 equivalent to the call to @code{feupdateenv}. The three expressions are\
6470 @code{NULL_TREE} on entry to the hook and may be left as @code{NULL_TREE}\
6471 if no code is required in a particular place. The default implementation\
6472 leaves all three expressions as @code{NULL_TREE}. The\
6473 @code{__atomic_feraiseexcept} function from @code{libatomic} may be of use\
6474 as part of the code generated in @code{*@var{update}}.",
6475 void, (tree *hold, tree *clear, tree *update),
6476 default_atomic_assign_expand_fenv)
6478 /* Leave the boolean fields at the end. */
6480 /* True if we can create zeroed data by switching to a BSS section
6481 and then using ASM_OUTPUT_SKIP to allocate the space. */
6482 DEFHOOKPOD
6483 (have_switchable_bss_sections,
6484 "This flag is true if we can create zeroed data by switching to a BSS\n\
6485 section and then using @code{ASM_OUTPUT_SKIP} to allocate the space.\n\
6486 This is true on most ELF targets.",
6487 bool, false)
6489 /* True if "native" constructors and destructors are supported,
6490 false if we're using collect2 for the job. */
6491 DEFHOOKPOD
6492 (have_ctors_dtors,
6493 "This value is true if the target supports some ``native'' method of\n\
6494 collecting constructors and destructors to be run at startup and exit.\n\
6495 It is false if we must use @command{collect2}.",
6496 bool, false)
6498 /* True if thread-local storage is supported. */
6499 DEFHOOKPOD
6500 (have_tls,
6501 "Contains the value true if the target supports thread-local storage.\n\
6502 The default value is false.",
6503 bool, false)
6505 /* True if a small readonly data section is supported. */
6506 DEFHOOKPOD
6507 (have_srodata_section,
6508 "Contains the value true if the target places read-only\n\
6509 ``small data'' into a separate section. The default value is false.",
6510 bool, false)
6512 /* True if EH frame info sections should be zero-terminated. */
6513 DEFHOOKPOD
6514 (terminate_dw2_eh_frame_info,
6515 "Contains the value true if the target should add a zero word onto the\n\
6516 end of a Dwarf-2 frame info section when used for exception handling.\n\
6517 Default value is false if @code{EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME} is defined, and\n\
6518 true otherwise.",
6519 bool, true)
6521 /* True if #NO_APP should be emitted at the beginning of assembly output. */
6522 DEFHOOKPOD
6523 (asm_file_start_app_off,
6524 "If this flag is true, the text of the macro @code{ASM_APP_OFF} will be\n\
6525 printed as the very first line in the assembly file, unless\n\
6526 @option{-fverbose-asm} is in effect. (If that macro has been defined\n\
6527 to the empty string, this variable has no effect.) With the normal\n\
6528 definition of @code{ASM_APP_OFF}, the effect is to notify the GNU\n\
6529 assembler that it need not bother stripping comments or extra\n\
6530 whitespace from its input. This allows it to work a bit faster.\n\
6532 The default is false. You should not set it to true unless you have\n\
6533 verified that your port does not generate any extra whitespace or\n\
6534 comments that will cause GAS to issue errors in NO_APP mode.",
6535 bool, false)
6537 /* True if output_file_directive should be called for main_input_filename
6538 at the beginning of assembly output. */
6539 DEFHOOKPOD
6540 (asm_file_start_file_directive,
6541 "If this flag is true, @code{output_file_directive} will be called\n\
6542 for the primary source file, immediately after printing\n\
6543 @code{ASM_APP_OFF} (if that is enabled). Most ELF assemblers expect\n\
6544 this to be done. The default is false.",
6545 bool, false)
6547 /* Returns true if we should generate exception tables for use with the
6548 ARM EABI. The effects the encoding of function exception specifications. */
6549 DEFHOOKPOD
6550 (arm_eabi_unwinder,
6551 "This flag should be set to @code{true} on targets that use an ARM EABI\n\
6552 based unwinding library, and @code{false} on other targets. This effects\n\
6553 the format of unwinding tables, and how the unwinder in entered after\n\
6554 running a cleanup. The default is @code{false}.",
6555 bool, false)
6557 DEFHOOKPOD
6558 (want_debug_pub_sections,
6559 "True if the @code{.debug_pubtypes} and @code{.debug_pubnames} sections\
6560 should be emitted. These sections are not used on most platforms, and\
6561 in particular GDB does not use them.",
6562 bool, false)
6564 DEFHOOKPOD
6565 (delay_sched2, "True if sched2 is not to be run at its normal place.\n\
6566 This usually means it will be run as part of machine-specific reorg.",
6567 bool, false)
6569 DEFHOOKPOD
6570 (delay_vartrack, "True if vartrack is not to be run at its normal place.\n\
6571 This usually means it will be run as part of machine-specific reorg.",
6572 bool, false)
6574 DEFHOOKPOD
6575 (no_register_allocation, "True if register allocation and the passes\n\
6576 following it should not be run. Usually true only for virtual assembler\n\
6577 targets.",
6578 bool, false)
6580 /* Leave the boolean fields at the end. */
6582 /* Functions related to mode switching. */
6583 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
6584 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_MODE_"
6585 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_TOGGLE_, mode_switching)
6587 DEFHOOK
6588 (emit,
6589 "Generate one or more insns to set @var{entity} to @var{mode}. @var{hard_reg_live} is the set of hard registers live at the point where the insn(s) are to be inserted. @var{prev_moxde} indicates the mode to switch from. Sets of a lower numbered entity will be emitted before sets of a higher numbered entity to a mode of the same or lower priority.",
6590 void, (int entity, int mode, int prev_mode, HARD_REG_SET regs_live), NULL)
6592 DEFHOOK
6593 (needed,
6594 "@var{entity} is an integer specifying a mode-switched entity. If @code{OPTIMIZE_MODE_SWITCHING} is defined, you must define this macro to return an integer value not larger than the corresponding element in @code{NUM_MODES_FOR_MODE_SWITCHING}, to denote the mode that @var{entity} must be switched into prior to the execution of @var{insn}.",
6595 int, (int entity, rtx_insn *insn), NULL)
6597 DEFHOOK
6598 (after,
6599 "@var{entity} is an integer specifying a mode-switched entity. If this macro is defined, it is evaluated for every @var{insn} during mode switching. It determines the mode that an insn results in (if different from the incoming mode).",
6600 int, (int entity, int mode, rtx_insn *insn), NULL)
6602 DEFHOOK
6603 (entry,
6604 "If this macro is defined, it is evaluated for every @var{entity} that needs mode switching. It should evaluate to an integer, which is a mode that @var{entity} is assumed to be switched to at function entry. If @code{TARGET_MODE_ENTRY} is defined then @code{TARGET_MODE_EXIT} must be defined.",
6605 int, (int entity), NULL)
6607 DEFHOOK
6608 (exit,
6609 "If this macro is defined, it is evaluated for every @var{entity} that needs mode switching. It should evaluate to an integer, which is a mode that @var{entity} is assumed to be switched to at function exit. If @code{TARGET_MODE_EXIT} is defined then @code{TARGET_MODE_ENTRY} must be defined.",
6610 int, (int entity), NULL)
6612 DEFHOOK
6613 (priority,
6614 "This macro specifies the order in which modes for @var{entity} are processed. 0 is the highest priority, @code{NUM_MODES_FOR_MODE_SWITCHING[@var{entity}] - 1} the lowest. The value of the macro should be an integer designating a mode for @var{entity}. For any fixed @var{entity}, @code{mode_priority} (@var{entity}, @var{n}) shall be a bijection in 0 @dots{} @code{num_modes_for_mode_switching[@var{entity}] - 1}.",
6615 int, (int entity, int n), NULL)
6617 HOOK_VECTOR_END (mode_switching)
6619 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
6620 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_"
6622 #define DEF_TARGET_INSN(NAME, PROTO) \
6623 DEFHOOK_UNDOC (have_##NAME, "", bool, (void), false)
6624 #include "target-insns.def"
6625 #undef DEF_TARGET_INSN
6627 #define DEF_TARGET_INSN(NAME, PROTO) \
6628 DEFHOOK_UNDOC (gen_##NAME, "", rtx_insn *, PROTO, NULL)
6629 #include "target-insns.def"
6630 #undef DEF_TARGET_INSN
6632 #define DEF_TARGET_INSN(NAME, PROTO) \
6633 DEFHOOKPOD (code_for_##NAME, "*", enum insn_code, CODE_FOR_nothing)
6634 #include "target-insns.def"
6635 #undef DEF_TARGET_INSN
6637 DEFHOOK
6638 (run_target_selftests,
6639 "If selftests are enabled, run any selftests for this target.",
6640 void, (void),
6641 NULL)
6643 /* Close the 'struct gcc_target' definition. */
6644 HOOK_VECTOR_END (C90_EMPTY_HACK)